List of Attachments-Yaringa Quarry
The following are a list of attachments associated with the Yaringa Works Approval – Attachment 1-Yaringa Quarry Vertices co-ordinates – Attachment 2-Yaringa Quarry Proposed Premises Map – Attachment 3A-Yaringa Quarry Estimated road building production program – Attachment 3B-Yaringa Clearing Area – Attachment 3-Key Plant and Equipment Nov 2016 – Attachment 3-Process Flowchart – Attachment 3-Proposed layout of machinery on site (approximate may change depending on site requirements and conditions) – Attachment 3-Yaringa Stockpile Layout Plan – Attachment 7-Nearest sensitive receiver from project area – Attachment 7-Siting and location Yaringa Quarry – Attachment 7-Yaringa Quarry Proximity to Hamelin Pool and Shark Bay – Attachment 10-Fee Calculator Outputs – Attachment 11-Yaringa Quarry PEIA and EMP – Biological Survey
Page 1 of 1
Vertices Longitude Latitude 0 114.31174 -25.9992 1 114.31171 -25.9996 2 114.30988 -25.9995 3 114.30854 -25.9994 4 114.30905 -25.9983 5 114.31068 -26.0005 6 114.31068 -26.0025 7 114.30816 -26.0024 8 114.30814 -26.0002 9 114.30866 -26.0016 10 114.30932 -26.0016 11 114.3093 -26.002 12 114.30869 -26.0019 13 114.31456 -25.9999 14 114.31539 -26.0008 15 114.31516 -26.0009 16 114.31469 -26.0006 17 114.3144 -26.0003 18 114.31409 -26.0001 19 114.31384 -26.0011 20 114.31349 -26.0011 21 114.31216 -25.9998 22 114.31432 -25.9987 23 114.31541 -25.9983 24 114.31723 -25.9988 25 114.31651 -26.0004 26 114.30813 -26.0002 27 114.31724 -26.0007 28 114.31656 -26.0008 29 114.31579 -26.0012 30 114.31539 -26.0003 31 114.31504 -26.0001 32 114.31486 -26.0003 33 114.31494 -25.9996 34 114.31553 -25.9997 35 114.31307 -25.997 36 114.31336 -25.9972 37 114.31326 -25.9973 38 114.31309 -25.9975 39 114.31278 -25.9975 40 114.31263 -25.9974 41 114.31241 -25.9976 42 114.3125 -25.9976 43 114.3129 -25.9979 44 114.31271 -25.9982 45 114.3124 -25.9981 46 114.31235 -25.998 47 114.31223 -25.9979 48 114.31218 -25.9978 49 114.3145 -25.9986 50 114.31458 -25.9991 51 114.31432 -25.9993
Reserve 38883 ‘Yaringa Quarry”– Estimated Road Building Materials Production Program
December 2016 DOCUMENT TITLE – Issue #? – 2015
Contents
Introduction ...... 3 Project Scope ...... 3 Design Capacity and Frequency ...... 3 Estimated Establishment Costs ...... 3 Key Infrastructure and Equipment ...... 4 Production Capacity ...... 4 Estimated Labour and Plant Hire Costs ...... 4 Ground Water...... 4 Spoil Sites ...... 5 Rehabilitation ...... 5
Yaringa Quarry Estimated Road Building Production Program
Introduction Crown Reserve 38883 is located on the Yaringa Station and is managed by the Commissioner of Mains Roads Western Australia (Main Roads) for the purposes of quarrying road building materials.
Crown Reserve 38883 is known locally as Yaringa Quarry. The reserve is best described as a mesa ridge aligned north – south that is dissected by a creek. The reserve extends to include level areas west and east of the mesa.
The target source rock and materials for road construction within the Yaringa Quarry are Clayey Gravel, Calcrete Duricrust and Toolunga Calcilutite.
The source materials are limited a 6 metre thick horizon on top of the mesa.
Approximately 80% of the total area available within the Crown Reserve has been investigated to identify approximately 540,000 banked cubic metres (bcm) of source rock suitable to be processed to various specifications for use in road construction.
Project Scope Main Roads plan to produce approximately 612,000 loose cubic metres of road building materials from reserve 38883 to reconstruct the North West Coastal Highway (NWCH) in stages from 2017 to approximately 2021 as funds become available.
As at June 2015, 540,000 bcm of suitable source rock in approximately 12 hectares has been identified within the Crown Reserve 38883. This represents a total of 720,000 bcm including topsoil and overburden.
Some overburden material will be used to produce materials for less critical layers in the road pavement such as general embankment and sub-base.
Design Capacity and Frequency It is estimated that the NWCH reconstruction project will require:
Fiscal Year Product 16/17 17/18 18/19 19/20 20/21 Total (bcm) Basecourse (bcm) 45,000 42,000 42,000 42,000 42,000 213,000 Sub Base (bcm) 155,000 50,000 50,000 50,000 50,000 355,000 Estimated Total 3.70 1.83 1.87 1.90 1.94 11.24 Product Cost $M
Main Roads WA will call tenders for the staged production of road building materials from the Yaringa Quarry. The annual tabled costs are the all-inclusive bases on current tendered rates and include and annual allowance for CPI of 2%. The tabled quantities represent an estimate of the quarry products required to a 55 kilometre section over 5 years and include an annual specific maintenance requirement of 20,000 lcm of sub base. Each tendered quantity required and labour costs may vary from that tabled, based on the available funding and the design requirement of the section of the NWCH to be constructed at the time. Each contract period is estimated to be approximately 10-12 weeks.
Estimated Establishment Costs The Yaringa quarry has been used previously (circa 1975) by Main Roads’ contractors. Run of mine pads, access roads and hard stands have been constructed by earlier works. Subsequent works will re- establish this infrastructure.
Document No: Page 3 of 5 Yaringa Quarry Estimated Road Building Production Program
The delivered products will be stored on hard stands within the boundaries of Reserve 38883. As the hard stands have been established by earlier works they will require minimal regrading.
Hard stands to accommodate products and plant shall be graded to flow the natural grades and will not significantly divert or impede the natural drainage, other than to collect and settle out sediments in silt traps
Mobilisation/demobilisation costs will be dependent of the successful contractor’s base location.
An allowance of $50,000 per contract year or a total of $250,000 for the project, for site establishment including mob/demob has been estimated for budgeting purposes.
Key Infrastructure and Equipment Using previous similar works as a guide, Main Roads estimates that tenders will produce the required road building materials using conventional, mobile plant and portable camp. As the site has been used previously to produce road building material, only minimal site and erection works will be required to set the plant and commence operations.
The mobile plant may consist of but not limited to: Pneumatic Drills and compressors Explosive magazines, licenced by the contractor Front end loaders Off road dump trucks Either Jaw/Cone and/or impact crushers Screen decks Conveyors and stackers Mobile quality control testing laboratory Mobile Camp* it is estimated that the contractor will utilise either the Overlander or Wooramel Roadhouses to accommodate employees, minimal camp will be onsite – ablutions and site office. Disposal and grey and black water will be at an approved Shire of Carnarvon site.
Production Capacity To deliver the specified road building materials within the Main Roads timelines, it is estimated that the successful contractor’s plant shall have a minimum throughput capacity of 600-800 tonnes per hour.
Estimated Labour and Plant Hire Costs The estimated total cost to produce the materials required of the NWCH reconstruction is $6.3M.
The breakdown of the estimated cost is tabled below:
Est. per annum Est. total Labour Hire $0.6M $3M Plant hire only $0.5M $2.5M
Ground Water Investigation drilling, to a maximum depth of 8 metres, did not encounter any ground water. However, considering that the target material is calcite, it is possible that some minor quantities of contained perched ground water may be encountered.
The risk of intersecting viable quantities of ground water within the Yaringa Quarry is considered very low as established by investigation drilling. However, if perched ground water is encountered Main Roads will liaise with Department of Water for appropriate approvals.
Document No: Page 4 of 5 Yaringa Quarry Estimated Road Building Production Program
Spoil Sites Any surplus quarry fines or overburden materials will be placed in two existing quarry pits on the north eastern side of the mesa ridge. The surplus/spoil materials will be graded and battered to reinstate the redundant quarry pits in accordance with the Main Roads WA Specification 303 Pit and Quarries.
Rehabilitation The Yaringa Quarry is currently fenced and not accessible by the general public.
On completion of each contract period, the quarry pit site will be protected in accordance with the Department of Mines and Petroleum guidelines ZMA 048HA, that is, the stability of the pit walls will assessed and stabilised by pulling down loose material, a safety bund wall will be constructed on the perimeter of the quarry pit and warning signage installed.
On completion of the total road construction program and the entire manufactured road building materials have been removed the road construction contractor will rehabilitate the redundant hard stand storage areas and associated access tracks. These areas will be rehabilitated in accordance with Main Roads WA Specification 303 Pit and Quarries.
Document No: Page 5 of 5
Attachment B2 Key Plant and Equipment
KIMBERLEY QUARRIES PROPOSED FLEET
Fleet PLANT / ASSET Make Model Number Horizontal Shaft Impactor CP055 Terex Finlay I-130 Jaw Crusher 1100 x 800 CP054 Pegson Premiertrak 1180 Screen R155 CP048 McCloskey R155
Screen MS21 CP056 Kleemann MS21 CrushingPlant Cone Crusher 1300 CP049 Pegson Maxtrak 1300 Komatsu WA320 -5H WL006 Komatsu WA 320-5H Komatsu WA600 -6 WL014 Komatsu WA 600-6 Komatsu WA600 -6 WL017 Komatsu WA 600-6
WheelLoader Komatsu WA500 -6 WL018 Komatsu WA 500-6 85 Tonne Excavator EX010 Komatsu PC 850 48 Tonne Excavator EX006 Volvo EC480DL
Excavator 45 Tonne Excavator & Rockbreaker EX003 Komatsu PC 450-8
Komatsu 465 DT004 Komatsu HD 465-7 Dump Trucks Komatsu 605 DT006 Komatsu HD 605-7 Drill Rock Drill DR003 Atlas Copco ROC F9C-11 Dozer Cat D9T HIRE Cat D9T Grader Grader GR004 John Deere 872D Crane Crane CN005 Linmac BHB Service Truck TK016 Isuzu FV2 1400 Trucks Water Cart TK020 Isuzu FV2 1400
PRELIMINARY ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
Yaringa Quarry
May 2017
Printed copies are uncontrolled unless marked otherwise
PEIA & EMP 6707/047 Rev5 1 of 36 Yaringa Quarry-PEIA&EMP 13 December 2016
TRIM Document D16#662240 Number Project Manager Peter Mableson
Report Name and Position Document Date Compilation and Revision Review Author: Emma Fitzgerald Rev 0 13/12/2016 Environment Officer Author: Emma Fitzgerald Rev 1 10/5/2017 Environment Officer
PEIA & EMP 6707/047 Rev5 2 of 36 Yaringa Quarry-PEIA&EMP 13 December 2016
CONTENTS
SUMMARY ...... 4 IMPACTS TO KEY ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECTS ...... 4 1. INTRODUCTION ...... 5 2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION ...... 5 2.1 PROJECT LOCATION ...... 5 3. METHODOLOGY ...... 8 3.1 PRELIMINARY DESKTOP STUDY ...... 8 4. ASSESSMENT OF ASPECTS AND IMPACTS ...... 8 4.1 ASPECTS AND IMPACTS ...... 8 5. ADDITIONAL ACTION REQUIRED ...... 12 6. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT ...... 12 7. STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATION...... 12 8. CONSTRAINTS MAPPING ...... 13 9. REFERENCES ...... 15 APPENDIX A ENVIRONMENTAL LOW IMPACT SCREENING CHECKLIST ...... 16 APPENDIX B SITE PHOTOS ...... 18 APPENDIX C DEPARTMENT OF ABORIGINAL AFFAIRS AHIS SEARCH ...... 22 APPENDIX D ABORIGINAL HERITAGE RISK ASSESSMENT ...... 24 APPENDIX E INTENSITY FREQUENCY DURATION TABLE ...... 28 APPENDIX F ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ...... 30
PEIA & EMP 6707/047 Rev5 3 of 36 Yaringa Quarry-PEIA&EMP 13 December 2016 SUMMARY
PROJECT INFORMATION
Project Title: Yaringa Quarry
Project location(s): This project occurs on North West Coastal Highway (NWCH) 328.8 SLK within the Shire of Carnarvon.
Project purpose / components: This project involves the expansion of an existing quarry within Crown Reserve 38883. The purpose of this quarry will be to supply and deliver 200,000 cubic metres of Crushed Road Building Materials. The project includes the construction/installation of a circuit of crushing and screening machines to produce products of various specifications. Re- establishment of access tracks and hard stands to stockpile various products until required by end users.
Area proposed to be cleared: Up to 28 hectares (ha).
Temporary clearing required: Yes-28ha.
Project activities will be completed using a DER approved Works Approval.
A Preliminary Environmental Impact Assessment (PEIA) was undertaken of the existing environment and the activities associated with the road project. This assessment provided an evaluation of the potential impacts the project may have on key environmental aspects.
IMPACTS TO KEY ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECTS
The project requires the clearing of approximately 28 hectares of native vegetation. A works approval will be obtained from DER for this quarry Groundwater-The project area is located in a Groundwater Proclamation Area and a licence is required to take groundwater. The project will utilise an existing bore within the project area-License GWL 158172. Land Vesting- The project area is within Crown Reserve 38883. The Project Manager will obtain the appropriate approvals to gain access to this area.
The PEIA identified environmental constraints associated with the proposed project activities. No further environmental approvals are needed for implementation of the project.
KEY ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT ACTIONS
Project specific environmental management actions have been developed to manage all impacts and these are outlined in the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) provided in Appendix F.
Standard project management actions (For example, record keeping and monitoring project implementation) will be implemented for the project. Refer to the EMP for further details.
PEIA & EMP 6707/047 Rev5 4 of 36 Yaringa Quarry-PEIA&EMP 13 December 2016 PRELIMINARY ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
1. INTRODUCTION
The preliminary assessment involved a desktop analysis of environmental aspects and impacts, a site investigation and an assessment of native vegetation clearing. The study area is confined to a local area of a 10 km radius.
The preliminary assessment determined whether an Environmental Impact Assessment is necessary and whether referral to State and/or Commonwealth authorities is required.
In accordance with Main Roads’ corporate Environmental Assessment and Approval process, an Environmental Low Impact Screening Checklist (LISC) was completed for the proposal (Appendix A). The checklist determined the project required further environmental assessment as the project involves the expansion of an existing quarry, re-establishment of a site, passes over a watercourse, involves drawing water from an existing bore and involves the clearing of native vegetation. Therefore the preparation of a project specific Preliminary Environmental Impact Assessment (PEIA) and Environmental Management Plan (EMP) are required.
2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION
This project involves the expansion of an existing quarry within Crown Reserve 38883 at 328.8 SLK on NWCH within the Shire of Carnarvon. The propose of this quarry will be to supply and deliver 200,000 cubic metres of Crushed Road Building Materials. The project includes the construction/installation of a circuit of crushing and screening machines to produce products of various specifications. Re-establishment of access tracks and hard stands to stockpile various products until required by end users.
2.1 Project Location
The project area is located on NWCH 328.8 SLK within the Shire of Carnarvon. Latitude: -26.0003 Longitude: 114.3127
PEIA & EMP 6707/047 Rev5 5 of 36 Yaringa Quarry-PEIA&EMP 13 December 2016 The project area is shown in Figure 1:
Figure 1 – Project Area
PEIA & EMP 6707/047 Rev5 6 of 36 Yaringa Quarry-PEIA&EMP 13 December 2016 The location and boundaries of the study area (10 km radius) for the project are shown in Figure 2:
Figure 2 – Project Location and Study Area
PEIA & EMP 6707/047 Rev5 7 of 36 Yaringa Quarry-PEIA&EMP 13 December 2016 3. METHODOLOGY
3.1 Preliminary Desktop Study
A preliminary assessment of the project area and the potential constraints of the proposal were undertaken by viewing Main Roads Integrated Mapping System (IMS), viewing ArcGIS shapefiles, reviewing government agency managed databases and consulting with relevant stakeholders where necessary. Further details regarding the outcome of the desktop assessment are provided in Section 5 and in the relevant Appendices.
4. ASSESSMENT OF ASPECTS AND IMPACTS
4.1 Aspects and Impacts
Table 1 is an evaluation of the potential impacts that the project may have on key environmental aspects. Methodology for each aspect evaluation is contained in the Main Roads ‘Guide to Preliminary Environmental Impact Assessment (Desktop References)’ document.
Table 1: Project Aspects and Impacts Aspect Evaluation of Potential Impacts Aboriginal The Aboriginal Heritage Risk Assessment (AHRA) identified no known Heritage heritage sites within the vicinity of the project area and an overall risk rating of medium. The AHRA is provided in Appendix D.
An Aboriginal Heritage survey was conducted and the final report is in TRIM as D15#178544. This survey identified no issues and as such no further heritage actions are required.
Acid Sulphate The ASRIS database indicates that the area is classified as extremely Soils low/low probability of acid sulphate soils. Given the low probability of acid sulphate soils it is unlikely that the dewatering required for this project will create an acid sulphate soils risk.
Air quality Air quality is not relevant to the proposed project activities as the project is not a major upgrade or new road proposal.
Contamination No known previous land use activities on or adjacent to the project area have had the potential to create contamination. A search of ArcGIS shapefiles indicates there are no identified contaminated sites within the project area.
Drilling and KQ choose to do their own drilling and blasting and have appropriately blasting qualified personnel to design blasts and to ensure that the most efficient, safe and environmentally sensitive blasting techniques are used. KQ blast protocols will ensure that the near neighbours are contacted prior to every blast to avoid unexpected explosions.
PEIA & EMP 6707/047 Rev5 8 of 36 Yaringa Quarry-PEIA&EMP 13 December 2016 Table 1: Project Aspects and Impacts Aspect Evaluation of Potential Impacts Dust No major sensitive receivers are located adjacent to the proposed works. The nearest receiver is the Yaringa homestead located approximately 5.9km north. Dust may originate from a number of operations (particularly crushing plant, haul roads and high strength winds) and may impact on onsite workers, or travel offsite. Potential dust impacts are addressed by reducing the dust generated from the quarrying, processing and transport operations. Dust management measures will be used where applicable and as the opportunity presents to minimise dust on this site as outlined in the EMP (Appendix F).
Groundwater The project area is located in a Groundwater Proclamation Area and a licence is required to take groundwater. The project will utilise an existing bore within the project area-License GWL 158172. Hazardous Fuel and other chemicals will be used on site. KQ will install a 30, 000 substances litre self-bunded approved fuel tank. No explosives are to be kept on site. They will be brought to site as required by the explosives supplier.
Heritage (non- The State Heritage Register (inherit database) and ArcGIS shapefiles indigenous) has indicated that there are no known sites of heritage significance within the vicinity of the project area. No impacts to non-indigenous heritage sites are expected as part of the project activities.
Land Vesting The project area is within Crown Reserve 38883. The Project Manager will obtain the appropriate approvals to gain access to this area.
Noise and No major sensitive local receivers. Construction work is not expected to vibration significantly contribute to noise levels at the nearest sensitive receivers, provided works are limited to normal working hours. The requirements of the Shire of Carnarvon must be met in respect of noise management and construction working hours. Static and mobile processing equipment will be located on the quarry floor where possible when the pit has progressed to a suitable footprint. Prior to that processing will occur within the designated processing area. Drilling and blasting will be required as part of these works. As the material to be blasted is porous the resulting noise will be minimal. The blast will also be organised in such a way that there will be barriers between the site and the nearest sensitive receivers. Blasts will also utilise millisecond delay detonators to reduce noise and ground vibration. The noise suppression measures on the crushing and screening plants will be utilised, and appropriate signage posted. All drilling equipment will be fitted with noise suppression devices and is regularly checked to ensure compliance with all standards. All other equipment will be fitted with noise shields and efficient silencers. Workers will be inducted and trained for operation on the site and provided with the correct noise protection equipment. Further management actions are outlined in the EMP (Appendix F).
Sensitive Yaringa quarry has a large buffer zone with the nearest receiver (Yaringa receivers homestead) being located over 5.9km from the nearest operations and as such it is highly unlikely that impacts from dust, noise or blast noise will occur.
PEIA & EMP 6707/047 Rev5 9 of 36 Yaringa Quarry-PEIA&EMP 13 December 2016 Table 1: Project Aspects and Impacts Aspect Evaluation of Potential Impacts Surface A search of ArcGIS shapefiles has confirmed that there is one mapped water/drainage minor non-perennial watercourse within the project area. However a bed and banks permit is not required the project is not in a proclaimed surface water area.
To handle runoff and drainage on site run-off silt traps and u-drains will be placed within the low points of stockpile areas (refer to Attachment 3- Proposed layout of machinery on site). These will be large enough to contain runoff from a 1 in 10 year downpour for two hours. Runoff from a 1:10yr downpour will generate 20.7mm/hr. If this continued for 2 hours there would be 41.4mm of rainfall. The runoff co-efficient for a stockpile hardstand area is 0.6. Area 1 (trapezoidal area)=6.9ha Area 2 (containing bore)=5.63ha So Dam capacity Area 1 should be 69, 000m2x0.0414mx0.6=1713.96m3 (~1750m3) Area 2 should be 56, 300m2x0.0414mx0.6=1398.49m3 (~1400m3) (See Appendix E for Intensity Frequency Duration table and Runoff Coefficient Fact Sheet)
Visual amenity The proposed works will result in minor and short-term visual impacts during the quarry’s life but the area will be rehabilitated once the project is complete.
Wetlands A search of ArcGIS shapefiles indicates no wetlands are located within the vicinity of the project area.
Reserves / A search of ArcGIS shapefiles indicates 3 reserves or conservation areas Conservation are located within the study area. These are: areas Ex Yaringa-located 310m to the west of the project area Sedimentary Deposits Reserve-located 2.96km west of the project area Shark Bay Marine Park-located 6.6km to the west of the project area. A search of the Department of Environment and Energy’s Protected Matters Search Tool identified that Hamelin Pool is nearby. This site is located over 44km from the quarry. Given the distance to the nearest conservation area and the localised impacts expected from this project it is unlikely that this project will impact any reserves or conservation areas.
Declared Several common weed species are located throughout the project area. plants (weeds)
PEIA & EMP 6707/047 Rev5 10 of 36 Yaringa Quarry-PEIA&EMP 13 December 2016 Table 1: Project Aspects and Impacts Aspect Evaluation of Potential Impacts Vegetation This project requires the clearing of up to 75.33ha. 15.4ha will be assessed under a works approval. The remaining 59.93ha has already obtained clearing approval using CS 818/12 under the Overlander to Wooramel project approvals. The project area is within Vegetation Association 221 and 243. There is 99.92% and 100.00% respectively, pre-European extent remaining. This project ranges from Very Good to Completely Degraded (Keighery, 1994) condition. The project area is composed of 84.42ha including historically cleared areas. The entire are will be rehabilitated once the quarry is no longer required.
Biodiversity The project area is “Mixed Acacia scrub on sandy loams with gravelly soils”, “Mixed Acacia scrub on rocky calcareous soils”, “Low Acacia over shrublands over chenopods” and “Snakewood Shrublands over Chenopod Shrubs”. GHD recorded 258 plants, 7 bird and 3 mammals during the GHD survey. No Commonwealth significant flora/fauna or declared rare flora were identified in the survey. GHD identified 61 Priority 3 flora species Acacia sclerosperma subsp. glaucescens occurring within the survey area. This project area is within the Priority 1 Ecological Community “Hypersaline Community number 2 (Stromatolites of Hamelin Pool) buffer. However this community is not found within the project area. No Threatened Ecological Communities were identified during the survey.
Dieback Dieback is not considered to be an issue as the project is located above the 26th parallel and is in an area that receives less than 400mm an annual rainfall per year. The nearest weather station Hamelin Pool receives an annual average rainfall of 210.4mm (BoM, 2016).
PEIA & EMP 6707/047 Rev5 11 of 36 Yaringa Quarry-PEIA&EMP 13 December 2016
5. ADDITIONAL ACTION REQUIRED
The following table summarises what further assessment and management is required in relation to the project.
Table 2: Summary of Further Assessment or Approval(s) Required
Aspect Permit, Approval or Licence Groundwater Licence to extract groundwater (GWL 158172) Land Vesting Project area is within Crown Reserve 38883. The Project Manager will obtain the appropriate approvals to gain access to this area. Quarry Operation A works approval and license will be obtained concurrently from DER.
6. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
A project specific Environmental Management Plan (EMP) has been developed to manage environmental impacts associated with the project. The EMP is provided in Appendix F.
7. STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATION
No stakeholder consultation was required for this project.
PEIA & EMP 6707/047 Rev5 12 of 36 Yaringa Quarry-PEIA&EMP 13 December 2016 8. CONSTRAINTS MAPPING
Figure 3 – Environmental Constraints Associated with the Project Area
PEIA & EMP 6707/047 Rev5 13 of 36 Yaringa Quarry-PEIA&EMP 13 December 2016
Figure 4 – Heritage Constraints Associated with the Project Area
PEIA & EMP 6707/047 Rev5 14 of 36 Yaringa Quarry-PEIA&EMP 13 December 2016
9. REFERENCES
Beeston, G.R., Hopkins, A.J.M. and Shepherd, D.P. (2002). Land-use and vegetation in Western Australia. Department of Agriculture, Western Australia, Resource Management Technical Report 250.
Bureau of Meteorology Australia. (2016). Climate Averages for Australian Sites – Hamelin Pool – Available online from: http://www.bom.gov.au/climate/data/index.shtml. Accessed 4/11/2016.
CSIRO (2016) Australian Soil Resource Information System. Available from http://www.asris.csiro.au/mapping/viewer.htm Accessed 4/11/2016.
Department of Aboriginal Affairs. (2016). Aboriginal Heritage Inquiry System Search for Registered Sites, Other Heritage Places and Surveys, Yaringa. Available online from: http://maps.dia.wa.gov.au/AHIS2/default.aspx. Accessed 2/11/2016.
Department of Natural Resources and Environment (2002). Biodiversity Action Planning. Action planning for native biodiversity at multiple scales; catchment bioregional, landscape, local. Department of Natural Resources and Environment, Victoria.
Government of Western Australia. (2013). 2013 Statewide Vegetation Statistics incorporating the CAR Reserve Analysis (Full Report). Current as of June 2013. Department of Parks and Wildlife, Perth, Western Australia.
Keighery, B. J. 1994. Bushland Plant Survey: A Guide to Plant Community Survey for the Community. Wildflower Society of WA (Inc). Nedlands, Western Australia.
Main Roads WA. (2016) Site Inspection Report Yaringa Quarry, NWCH 328.8 SLK, 25/10/2016.
PEIA & EMP 6707/047 Rev5 15 of 36 Yaringa Quarry-PEIA&EMP 13 December 2016 Appendix A
Environmental Low Impact Screening Checklist
PEIA & EMP 6707/047 Rev5 16 of 36 Yaringa Quarry-PEIA&EMP 13 December 2016
PEIA & EMP 6707/047 Rev5 17 of 36 Yaringa Quarry-PEIA&EMP 13 December 2016 Appendix B
Site Photos
Map 1. Site Inspection Map
PEIA & EMP 6707/047 Rev5 18 of 36 Yaringa Quarry-PEIA&EMP 13 December 2016
Photo 1: Taken at Photo Point 1 showing typical Photo 2: Taken at Photo Point 1 showing area near hardstand existing water bore that will be utilised during the quarry operation.
Photo 3: Taken at Photo Point 2 showing Photo 4: Taken at Photo Point 3 showing typical existing hardstand area and adjacent vegetation area.
Photo 5: Taken at Photo Point 4 showing the Photo 6: Taken at Photo Point 5 showing existing stockpile area existing second stockpile area
PEIA & EMP 6707/047 Rev5 19 of 36 Yaringa Quarry-PEIA&EMP 13 December 2016
Photo 7: Taken at Photo Point 6 showing Photo 8: Taken at Photo Point 7 showing existing quarry previously disturbed area
Photo 9: Taken at Photo Point 8 showing Photo 10: Taken at Photo Point 9 showing previously disturbed areas undisturbed area.
PEIA & EMP 6707/047 Rev5 20 of 36 Yaringa Quarry-PEIA&EMP 13 December 2016
Photo 11: Taken at Photo Point 9 showing undisturbed area with existing disturbed areas in the background.
PEIA & EMP 6707/047 Rev5 21 of 36 Yaringa Quarry-PEIA&EMP 13 December 2016 Appendix C
Department of Aboriginal Affairs AHIS Search
PEIA & EMP 6707/047 Rev5 22 of 36 Yaringa Quarry-PEIA&EMP 13 December 2016
PEIA & EMP 6707/047 Rev5 23 of 36 Yaringa Quarry-PEIA&EMP 13 December 2016 Appendix D
Aboriginal Heritage Risk Assessment
Introduction The purpose of this Form is to identify the risk a project has to impact Aboriginal Heritage site(s) as defined by the Aboriginal Heritage Act 1972 (AHA). The risk assessment is based on the Department of Aboriginal Affairs Cultural Heritage Due Diligence Guidelines. Version 3.0, 30 April 2013.
Environment Officers are required to complete all items of the Aboriginal Heritage Risk Assessment (AHRA) form. Project Managers are also required to acknowledge and sign the form. The completed and signed form must then be reviewed and approved by the Principal Heritage Officer (PHO). Once the AHRA form has been approved and signed by the (PHO) a copy should be provided to the Environment Branch using the inbox: LISC and AHRA ([email protected])
MRWA Project Information Project Details
TRIM Title Yaringa Quarry FILE# 16/7873 Road Start End Name & NWCH H007 SLK 328.8 SLK No. Proposed Ground Disturbance Total area of Proposed Ground Disturbance Proposed Ground Disturbance in in Previously Disturbed areas (Ha): 25 Undisturbed areas (Ha): (Ha): Additional Project Information
Expansion of an existing quarry pit to supply and deliver 200,000 cubic meters of Crushed Road Building materials.
DAA Aboriginal Heritage Inquiry System – Search Results
AHIS Sites Search*
Description of Search 500m buffer of project area area
No. of Registered Sites in No. of AHIS sites impacted by 0 0 Search Area proposed works No. of Other Heritage Lodged:0 Insufficient Data:0 Stored Data:0 Places in Search Area Entire Project Area ☐ Yes ☐ Ethnographic Covered by Existing Survey type: Surveys? ☒ No ☐ Archaeological Date of Surveys Consultant used
Additional Information (Attach AHIS Search PDF files)
Main Roads commissioned survey: D15#178544
*MRWA should exercise caution in areas where no surveys have been completed, or where surveys have only been completed for parts of the area where the proposed activity is intended. Caution is required because heritage surveys over only part of the land may not have identified all possible sites. Sole reliance on information contained in the AHIS Register may not be sufficient and consultation in the first instance with the PHO is recommended in these situations.
PEIA & EMP 6707/047 Rev5 24 of 36 Yaringa Quarry-PEIA&EMP 13 December 2016
Previous Land Use (Indicate the most appropriate level with a X) DAA/MRWA X DAA/MRWA Description Categories
Built Environment Urban land use, towns, metropolitan region,
Significantly Altered Cultivated and cleared land, farmland; rehabilitated landscape Environment
Moderately Altered X Partially cleared lands, revegetated landscape Environment
Minimally Altered Urban bushland, regrowth areas, slightly disturbed natural bushland Environment
Unaltered Protected areas or pristine environment Environment
Likely Land Impact or Disturbance from Activity (Indicate the most appropriate level with a X)
X Categories Description Activities which are non-invasive and cause negligible or no impact to the land may include: • walking, photography, filming for assessing project scope, vegetation and heritage; • magnetic surveys; • use of existing tracks, water courses; Negligible • environmental monitoring; • water and soils sampling using hand held instruments; • fossicking using hand held instruments; • spatial measurement; and • scientific research, using hand held tools. Activities that cause minimal disturbance to the land may include: • cultivation/grazing in areas previously cultivated/grazed; • maintenance of existing paths, walls, roads, tracks, bridges, public infrastructure and Minimal community utilities within the existing footprint and adjacent service areas; • feral animal eradication, weed, vermin and pest control, vegetation control and fire control; and • light vehicular access and camping. Activities that cause moderate disturbance to the land may include: • maintenance of bridges that disturb river bed and/or banks; • sampling using hand held rig or rig mounted on a light vehicle; • new fire breaks; Moderate • road widening within existing corridor; • re-vegetation; • temporary power lines, material stockpiles, camps, and • surface vegetation clearing. Activities that cause significant disturbance to the land may include: • creation of new roads, borrow pits or tracks; • new public access ways, bridges, culverts, flood remediation and erosion levies; X Significant • intensive soil/core sampling; • new pipelines; • significant reclamation works; and • major landscaping/contouring. Activities that cause major and lasting disturbance to the land may include: • large-scale land clearing; • material extraction; Major • mechanical earthmoving, blasting; • major construction works; and • large scale changes to waterways.
PEIA & EMP 6707/047 Rev5 25 of 36 Yaringa Quarry-PEIA&EMP 13 December 2016 ABORIGINAL HERITAGE RISK MATRIX LIKELY IMPACT ON HERITAGE SITES Negligible Minimal Moderate Significant Major Built Low Low Low Low Medium Environment. Significantly Altered Low Low Low Medium High
Moderately Altered Low Low Medium Medium, High
Minimally Low Medium Medium High High Altered Unaltered Low Medium High High High
Risk Rating Actions Low Consult with the Principal Heritage Officer, if uncertain how to proceed. A range of further actions may be required, including: Consult the DAA; Desktop survey; Aboriginal consultation. Medium (Review; Exercise Caution) Consult with the Principal Heritage Officer. A range of further actions may be required, including: Consult the DAA; Desktop survey; Aboriginal consultation, Ethnographic survey Archaeological survey. High (Consult; Survey; Approvals) Consult with the Principal Heritage Officer. A range of further actions may be required, including: Desktop survey, Consult the DAA Aboriginal consultation, Ethnographic survey Archaeological survey. Application for s18 of the AHA approval Application for Reg 10 of the AHR approval Cultural Heritage Management Plan (CHMP)
Risk Rating (see Risk Matrix) Medium
PEIA & EMP 6707/047 Rev5 26 of 36 Yaringa Quarry-PEIA&EMP 13 December 2016 Noongar Standard Heritage Agreement Activity Notice South West Native Title Settlement Area
Item Yes No The project is within the South West Native Title Settlement area If ‘No’ to Question 1 the NSHA does not apply. If ‘Yes’ proceed to the Activity Notice Requirement Checklist
Activity Notice Requirement Checklist Item Item Yes No No. 1 The project consists of Minimal Impact Activities The project consists of Low Ground Disturbing Activities that are exempt from Activity Notice 2 requirements 3 There are potential risks to Aboriginal Heritage associated with the project
4 The project requires a S16 or s18 consent If ‘Yes’ to Questions 1 or 2, an Activity Notice is not required. If ‘Yes’ to Questions 3 or 4, an Activity Notice is required and should be issued to SWALSC using the Activity Notice template (D15#431995). Minimal Impact Activities and Low Ground Disturbing Activities are defined in Guideline - Aboriginal Heritages Processes under the Noongar Standard Heritage Agreement (D15#444420).
Further Actions Possibly Required (tick applicable): Consult NSHA Aboriginal Desktop Ethnographic Archaeological s18 Reg. 10 None with Activity consultation Study Survey Survey approval approval DAA Notice ☒ ☐ ☐ ☐ ☐ ☐ ☐ ☐ ☐
Completed by Signature Date 2/11/2016 Environment Officer Name Emma Fitzgerald Title EO
Signed by Signature Date 3/11/2016 Project Manager Name Peter Mableson Title PMD
Reviewed by Signature Todd Craig Date 3/11/2016 Principal Heritage Officer Name Todd Craig Title PHO
Principal Heritage Officer’s Comments
Heritage surveys identified no issues. No further actions recommended.
PEIA & EMP 6707/047 Rev5 27 of 36 Yaringa Quarry-PEIA&EMP 13 December 2016 Appendix E
Intensity Frequency Duration Table
PEIA & EMP 6707/047 Rev5 28 of 36 Yaringa Quarry-PEIA&EMP 13 December 2016
PEIA & EMP 6707/047 Rev5 29 of 36 Yaringa Quarry-PEIA&EMP 13 December 2016 Appendix F
Environmental Management Plan YARINGA QUARRY
Introduction This Environmental Management Plan (EMP) has been developed for the project area following the completion of the Preliminary Environmental Impact Assessment (PEIA) report. The aim of this EMP is to minimise the environmental impacts associated with the proposed works as well as to identify areas of responsibilities required for the implementation of management strategies.
This EMP addresses specific issues that were identified during the PEIA. The project management measures identified within this EMP are in addition to the standard environmental management contract specifications used for Category 2 projects. Main Roads’ standard environmental contract specifications (Specifications 203, 204, 301, 302 and 304) are to be adhered to where appropriate.
The areas that require special management will be addressed in terms of: the timing of the various management actions; the topic (e.g. vegetation); the objectives for each area; the actions that are necessary to minimise the impact; the responsible party for implementing the action; and whether the action arose from external advice or is a Main Roads requirement.
Communication Plan Environmental issues specific to the project will be communicated as follows:
Method Frequency Participants Reference Record Project Site Induction Prior to All personnel EMP and Induction Meeting Work and Contractor subcontractors Environmen tal Policy Toolbox Meetings Weekly Project Contractor Minutes of Personnel Safety Plan Meeting Contract As required Main Roads’ EMP Minutes of Meetings Project Meeting Manager and Contractor Project Manager Authority Consultation Department of As required Main Roads’ - Minutes of Environment Project meeting Regulation Manager and Contractor Project Manager
External Communication and Complaints A complaints register shall be maintained by the contractor. All complaints received shall be forwarded to the Main Roads’ Project Manager for action. Serious complaints shall be investigated within 24 hours of the complaint being received.
PEIA & EMP 6707/047 Rev5 30 of 36 Yaringa Quarry-PEIA&EMP 13 December 2016
Monitoring After project completion and project handover, the Asset Manager should develop a monitoring program to monitor for those aspects that have been identified as requiring monitoring.
Contingency Measures Due to the scale and nature of the project, no contingency measures are identified as the inherent environmental risks are small.
Auditing Due to the scale and nature of the project and low environmental risks, there is no requirement for auditing the implementation of the EMP.
EMP Accountability Persons Name Persons Role Contact Details Peter Mableson Project Manager 9941 0737 [email protected] Emma Fitzgerald Environment Officer 9323 5435 [email protected]
PEIA & EMP 6707/047 Rev5 31 of 36 Yaringa Quarry-PEIA&EMP 13 December 2016 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Project Component Management Action Monitoring/Maintenance Responsible Completion Program Person Timeframe Standard Record Keeping Management Record Keeping Ensure standard record keeping requirements Post-construction record Environment Officer Within three are completed within 3 months of completion maintenance. months of clearing of the project activities. Project Specific Aspects Aboriginal Heritage Sites In the event that human skeletal material is Pre-construction/ Project Manager Project Lifespan uncovered, work will cease within 25 metres of construction surveillance. the material and the location of the material reported to Police. In the event that artefacts or material of Aboriginal origin is discovered, work will cease within 25 metres of the material and a qualified archaeologist will investigate the item(s) and take appropriate actions (i.e. contact DAA). Liquid spills, stormwater and runoff materials will be managed to ensure project activities and drainage do not adversely affect heritage sites or any wetland or water body including creeks, springs, swamps and soaks. Dust Clear vegetation only when necessary and Construction and post- Contractor Project Lifespan treat areas requiring soil stabilisation as soon construction maintenance as practicable. Road watering of unsealed access roads, road verges of sealed roads and lay down areas Water spraying of stockpiles, truck loads, benches, conveyor belts and transfer points within plant Speed restrictions on roads Minimise transport distances Comply with the provisions of the Mines Safety and Inspection Act 1994 and Regulations 1995. Locate activities behind natural barriers, landform and vegetation. Excavate from the floor of the pit below natural ground level. Push overburden dumps into positions where they can form wind screening barriers. Design the excavation to provide enhance landform and constructed dust screening. Schedule activities such as vegetation, topsoil
PEIA & EMP 6707/047 Rev5 32 of 36 Yaringa Quarry-PEIA&EMP 13 December 2016 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Project Component Management Action Monitoring/Maintenance Responsible Completion Program Person Timeframe or overburden stripping on exposed ridgelines at times when the materials are less likely to blow or during suitable wind conditions. Use landscape screening, wind breaks and tree belts. Consult with the local community as necessary. Provide a complaints recording, investigation, action and reporting procedure such as Appendix 3 of Land development sites and impacts on air quality, Department of Environmental Protection Guidelines, November 1996. Conduct training programs on dust minimisation practices. Ensure mobile and static plant are provided with dust extraction, shielding or filtration systems or wetting down as appropriate. Delay blasts until most favourable wind direction prevails. Use as low a powder factor as possible. In the event of dust management not being able to be achieved, such as a water supply breakdown or exceptional weather conditions, the dust generating activities will be stopped until conditions improve. Minimise drop distance to track stacker tail drum hopper and final stockpile. Dust management to be a regular topic at pre- start meetings Pollution and Litter All waste materials from the project area will Construction and post- Contractor Project Lifespan be removed from the site upon completion of construction maintenance the project and to the satisfaction of the Project Manager or Site Superintendent. Construction waste and other rubbish will be contained in bins with lids (where practicable) and removed regularly by a licensed contractor. Ablutions will be self-contained and wastes removed by licensed contractor for off-site disposal to an authorised treatment facility
PEIA & EMP 6707/047 Rev5 33 of 36 Yaringa Quarry-PEIA&EMP 13 December 2016 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Project Component Management Action Monitoring/Maintenance Responsible Completion Program Person Timeframe Groundwater All spills will be contained immediately and Construction maintenance Project Manager Project Lifespan removed within 24 hours to minimise the potential for contaminants to enter groundwater. License GWL 158172 will be adhered to. Hazardous Materials Bulk fuel and hazardous material storage Construction maintenance Contractor/Project Project Lifespan areas will be bunded and managed in Manager compliance with applicable Australian Standards. Regular vehicle servicing will be undertaken at designated areas, at least 100 m away from watercourses. Site personnel shall be trained in the use of emergency Fire suppressant equipment. Spill trays and spill response equipment will be available near fuel storage or refuelling areas. All hazardous material spills will be reported according to statutory requirements. Hazardous materials will be disposed of at an approved and certified facility. Spill kits on equipment and on site Equipment will be serviced / maintained according to manufacturer’s recommendations Materials to be stored within a 30, 000 litre self-bunded approved fuel tank. Fire No fires shall be lit within the project area. Construction maintenance Contractor/Project Project Lifespan Machinery will be fitted with approved spark Manager arresting exhaust systems. All vehicles, plant and equipment to be fitted with fire extinguishers and restricted and to designated cleared areas. Personnel will extinguish and report fires occurring within the project area. Noise Comply with the Environmental Protection Construction maintenance Contractor/Project Project Lifespan (Noise) Regulations 1997. Manager Comply with the provisions of the Mines Safety and Inspection Act 1994 and Regulations 1995. Maintain adequate buffers to sensitive premises. Locate exposed features behind natural
PEIA & EMP 6707/047 Rev5 34 of 36 Yaringa Quarry-PEIA&EMP 13 December 2016 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Project Component Management Action Monitoring/Maintenance Responsible Completion Program Person Timeframe barriers and landform. Excavate from the floor of the pit below natural ground level. Push overburden dumps into positions where they can form screening barriers. Design excavation procedures and staging to maximise the separation to sensitive premises. Design the excavation to provide enhance landform and constructed noise screening. Maintain all plant in good condition with efficient mufflers and noise shielding. Purchase any new equipment with latest noise attenuation technology. Maintain haul road and hardstand surfaces in good condition (free of potholes, rills and product spillages) and with suitable grades. Implement a site code outlining requirements for operators and drivers Shut down equipment when not in use. Scheduling activities to minimise the likelihood of noise nuisance. Fit warning lights, rather than audible sirens or beepers, on mobile equipment wherever possible. Muffle audible beepers if required. Provide a complaints recording, investigation, action and reporting procedure. All drilling equipment will be fitted with noise suppression devices which will be checked regularly to ensure compliance with standards. Visual Amenity Stockpiles and other materials will be stored in Construction maintenance Contractor/Project Project Lifespan designated areas and kept in a neat and tidy Manager condition at all times. Watercourses No on-site storage of fuel, oils and other Pre-construction/ Project Manager Project Lifespan contaminant materials will be permitted within construction surveillance. 100 m of a watercourse. Revegetation / Rehabilitation Revegetation/rehabilitation Revegetation will be undertaken in accordance Post-Construction Environment Officer Project Lifespan activities with Main Roads’ ‘Guideline Revegetation Planning Maintenance and Techniques (TRIM Doc D12#258089)’.
PEIA & EMP 6707/047 Rev5 35 of 36 Yaringa Quarry-PEIA&EMP 13 December 2016 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Project Component Management Action Monitoring/Maintenance Responsible Completion Program Person Timeframe Topsoil Topsoil will be stockpiled for revegetation Construction and post- Project Project Lifespan purposes and the movement of topsoil will be construction maintenance Manager/Contractor restricted to the limits of the project area. Where possible construction activities will be undertaken in summer to reduce the potential for soil erosion and drainage line siltation due to vegetation removal and heavy rains. Site Operations
Plant-Processing Maintain all plant in good condition. Construction maintenance Contractor/Project Project Lifespan The mobile crusher and stockpiles will be Manager located in the most advantageous location for the mitigation of dust and other potential impacts. Keep the mist spray reticulation on each plant maintained. Shut down equipment when not in use. Limit drop heights from conveyors and dump trucks. Excavation of the hard rock will be conducted in campaigns in winter where possible. Quarry pit and Blasting Ensure the drill is provided with dust extraction Construction maintenance Contractor/Project Project Lifespan and shielding. Manager Maintain haul road and hardstand surfaces in good condition (free of potholes, rills and product spillages) and with suitable grades. Provide air conditioned closed cabins on plant. Abide by designated speed limits on haul roads. Nearest neighbours will be contacted prior to blasting to avoid unexpected explosions.
PEIA & EMP 6707/047 Rev5 36 of 36 Yaringa Quarry-PEIA&EMP 13 December 2016
Main Roads Western Australia Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern Biological Survey
December 2014
Table of Contents 1. Introduction ...... 1 1.1 Background ...... 1 1.2 Purpose of this Report ...... 1 1.3 Scope of Works ...... 1 1.4 Relevant Legislation and Conservation Codes ...... 3 1.5 Report Limitations and Assumptions ...... 4 2. Methodology ...... 5 2.1 Desktop Assessment ...... 5 2.2 Field Survey ...... 5 2.3 Fauna ...... 7 2.4 Survey Limitations ...... 8 3. Desktop Assessment - Regional Context ...... 11 3.1 Bioregion ...... 11 3.2 Surrounding Land Use ...... 11 3.3 Climate ...... 11 3.4 Conservation Reserves ...... 12 3.5 Environmentally Sensitive Areas ...... 12 3.6 Public Drinking Water Source Areas ...... 12 3.1 Wetlands and Watercourses ...... 13 3.2 Geology ...... 13 3.3 Vegetation ...... 13 3.4 Conservation Significant Ecological Communities ...... 18 3.5 Flora Diversity ...... 18 3.6 Disease and Pathogens ...... 20 3.7 Fauna ...... 20 4. Field Assessment Results ...... 22 4.1 Wetlands and Watercourses ...... 22 4.2 Vegetation ...... 22 4.3 Flora ...... 28 4.4 Fauna ...... 34 4.5 Fauna Habitat ...... 35 5. Requirement for Referrals and Approvals ...... 42 5.1 Australian Government ...... 42 5.2 Western Australian Government ...... 42 6. Recommendations ...... 52 6.1 Management and Rehabilitation ...... 52 7. Conclusions ...... 53 7.1 Conclusions ...... 53 8. References ...... 54
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | i
Table Index
Table 1 Study Areas ...... 2 Table 2 Data Collected During the Field Survey ...... 6 Table 3 Vegetation Condition Rating Scale ...... 7 Table 4 Field Survey Constraints and Limitations ...... 9 Table 5 Department of Water Geographic Data Atlas Query Results (DoW 2014) ...... 12 Table 6 Beard's Vegetation Associations ...... 14 Table 7 Vegetation Association by Study Area...... 14 Table 8 Vegetation Association Extent and Status ...... 15 Table 9 Desktop Search Results for Priority Ecological Communities ...... 18 Table 10 Summary of NatureMap Flora Results ...... 18 Table 11 Conservation Significant Flora ...... 19 Table 12 Invasive Flora That May Occur Within 10 km of the Study Areas ...... 20 Table 13 Summary of Fauna Previously Recorded with 10 km of the each Study Areas ...... 21 Table 14 Introduced Fauna Database Search Results (DotE, 2014) ...... 21 Table 15 Extents of Vegetation Condition Ratings Mapped within the Study Areas ...... 23 Table 16 Recorded Vegetation Types ...... 24 Table 17 Vegetation Type by Study Area ...... 28 Table 18 Flora Diversity by Study Area ...... 29 Table 19 Declared Pests (s22) recorded from the Project Area ...... 34 Table 20 Summary of Fauna Records ...... 35 Table 21 Fauna Habitat Types Recorded in the Project Area ...... 37 Table 22 Fauna Likelihood of Occurrence Assessment ...... 41 Table 23 Assessment of the Project against MNES ...... 42 Table 24 Assessment of Clearing of Native Vegetation ...... 44 Table 25 Proposed Management Measures ...... 52 Table 26 Recorded Flora Taxa within the Project Area ...... 79 Table 27 Likelihood of Occurrence Guiding Parametres ...... 85 Table 28 Conservation Significant Flora Likelihood Assessment ...... 86 Table 29 Fauna Records from Database Searches and Observed Taxa from Project Area ...... 91 Table 30 Likelihood Assessment Criteria ...... 101 Table 31 Conservation Significant Fauna Likelihood Assessment ...... 102
ii | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
Figure Index Figure 1 Project Location ...... 57 Figure 2 Study Areas Environmental Constraints ...... 58 Figure 3 Study Areas Vegetation Types ...... 59 Figure 4 Study Areas Vegetation Condition ...... 60 Figure 5 Study Areas Fauna Habitat ...... 61 Figure 6 Study Areas Field Environmental Constraints ...... 62
Appendices Appendix A - Description of Terms Appendix B - Flora
Appendix C - Fauna
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | iii
1. Introduction
1.1 Background The North West Coastal Highway (NWCH) provides arterial connections between the Mid West and the Pilbara regions of Western Australia. This road primarily services pastoral, mining and tourist industries, as well as providing community access. As a result of increasing commercial growth in the region, and with it the increase in traffic volumes, it has become essential that the Main Roads Western Australia (MRWA) network be constantly maintained and upgraded in some cases. Material resources have slowly been depleted and are reaching exhaustion. As such, there is an urgent requirement for MRWA to identify and secure appropriate sources of material. This will enable efficient and effective response to project, maintenance and emergency demands in the future. A number of material areas have been identified within in the Shire of Shark Bay and the Shire of Carnarvon between NWCH SLK 285.4 and SLK 460.9 (The Project).
1.2 Purpose of this Report MRWA commissioned GHD Pty Ltd (GHD) to undertake a biological assessment for the Project. The purpose of this assessment is to identify vegetation, flora and fauna constraints within the Project Area to assist in Project design. The outcomes of the assessment will be used in the environmental assessment and approvals process. The survey methodology and reporting was undertaken with reference to a Level 1 Fauna and Flora Assessment as defined under the Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) Guidance Statements 51 and 56 (EPA 2004a and EPA 2004b). This Report presents the findings of this investigation and concludes with recommendations to assist MRWA in the early identification of potential flora and vegetation constraints associated with the Project.
1.3 Scope of Works
1.3.1 Project Area The Project Area is located within the coastal region of Western Australia in the Shires of Carnarvon and Shark Bay. The Project Area includes eight material areas along the NWCH and Meedo Road (Figure 1). For the purpose of this report, the Project Area has been divided into eight separate Study Areas which are indicated in Table 1.
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 1
Table 1 Study Areas
Location Report Reference
NWCH SLK 285.4 Study Area 1 NWCH SLK 294.7 Study Area 2 NWCH SLK 328 Study Area 3 Meedo Road SLK 13 Study Area 4 Meedo Road SLK 23 Study Area 5 NWCH SLK 340 Study Area 6 NWCH SLK 345.4 Study Area 7 NWCH SLK 460.9 Study Area 8
1.3.2 Scope of Works
Desktop Assessment The following factors have been examined, as a minimum: Adjoining land use including conservation reserves or other listed areas such as Bush Forever sites or Red Book sites; Broad vegetation types shown in existing mapping (e.g. Beard (various), Heddle (1981));
Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities; Threatened (Declared Rare) and Priority Flora; Threatened or otherwise protected fauna;
Remnant vegetation clearing in relation to statutory requirements; The 10 Clearing Principles, as outlined in Schedule 5 of the Environmental Protection Act 1986;
Listed wetlands; Public drinking water catchment areas; and Other lists of significant areas.
Field Assessment
Physical Environment The assessment of the physical environment included: A description and summary of climatic data and how it may affect the outcomes of the proposed works; and Broad soil descriptions, including the presence of acid sulphate soils, and their relationship to topography and plant communities.
2 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
Vegetation and Flora The vegetation and flora assessment included: An inventory of the vascular plant species in the surveyed areas; A review of, and search for, native plant species considered to be conservation significant. Other species of interest, including those of limited distribution or outliers from their known range, are discussed if required. Locations of Threatened (Declared Rare) and/or Priority Flora taxa are accurately mapped at a suitable scale; An inventory of dominant exotic plants and also including declared noxious plants; Advise whether weeds are likely to spread to and result in environmental harm to adjacent areas of native vegetation that is in Good or better condition; A description and location, including mapping, of plant communities. These communities are linked to already known, described communities where possible; A rating of condition of the vegetation communities or areas using the published rating scale after Keighery (1994); A review of the local and regional significance of the plant communities in terms of their intrinsic value, extent, rarity and condition; Assessment undertaken with reference to the Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) Guidance Statement No.51; Determine whether the Project Area is within an Environmentally Sensitive Area (ESA) and the native vegetation in the area to be cleared is in a Good or better condition; and
Assess the Project clearing against the 10 Clearing Principles.
Wetlands and Drainage The wetland and drainage assessment included: A description of existing surface drainage patterns (where present) with respect to topography, and to flora and fauna communities; and An inventory and brief description of wetlands and their conservation value (where present).
Management and Rehabilitation An assessment of management and rehabilition actions was undertaken (where required) examining: Information directed towards practical management techniques for mitigating impact and maintaining the value of roadsides for conservation of flora and fauna species known to exist within, or use, the surveyed areas; and Where variance against the 10 Clearing Principles occurs, a consideration of offsets consistent with the offset principles, where required.
1.4 Relevant Legislation and Conservation Codes In Western Australia significant communities of flora and fauna are protected under both Australian Government and State legislation. In addition, regulatory bodies also provide a range of guidance and information on expected standards and protocols for environmental surveys.
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 3
An overview of key legislation and guidelines, conservation codes and background information relevant to this Project is provided in Appendix A.
1.5 Report Limitations and Assumptions
1.5.1 Limitations This report has been prepared by GHD for MRWA and may only be used and relied on by MRWA for the purpose agreed between GHD and the MRWA as set out in Section 1.2 and 1.3.2 of this report. GHD otherwise disclaims responsibility to any person other than MRWA arising in connection with this report. GHD also excludes implied warranties and conditions, to the extent legally permissible. The services undertaken by GHD in connection with preparing this report were limited to those specifically detailed in the report and are subject to the scope limitations set out in the report. The opinions, conclusions and any recommendations in this report are based on conditions encountered and information reviewed at the date of preparation of the report. GHD has no responsibility or obligation to update this report to account for events or changes occurring subsequent to the date that the report was prepared. The opinions, conclusions and any recommendations in this report are based on assumptions made by GHD described in this report. GHD disclaims liability arising from any of the assumptions being incorrect. GHD has prepared this report on the basis of information provided by MRWA and others who provided information to GHD (including Government authorities), which GHD has not independently verified or checked beyond the agreed scope of work. GHD does not accept liability in connection with such unverified information, including errors and omissions in the report which were caused by errors or omissions in that information.
The opinions, conclusions and any recommendations in this report are based on information obtained from, and testing undertaken at or in connection with, specific sample points. Site conditions at other parts of the site may be different from the site conditions found at the specific sample points. Investigations undertaken in respect of this report are constrained by the particular site conditions, such as the location of buildings, services and vegetation. As a result not all relevant site features and conditions may have been identified in this report. Site conditions (including the presence of species and communities of conservation significance) may change after the date of this Report. GHD does not accept responsibility arising from, or in connection with, any change to the site conditions. GHD is also not responsible for updating this report if the site conditions change.
1.5.2 Assumptions This report has assessed flora, fauna and vegetation within the Project Area, which has been defined by MRWA. Any change to the extent of the Project Area may alter the results and recommendations presented in this assessment.
4 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
2. Methodology
2.1 Desktop Assessment The desktop assessment of the Project Area included a review of background data, including flora and fauna previously recorded in the Project Area. The desktop review included: A review of Beard (1979) broadscale vegetation association mapping; A review of the NatureMap database for flora and fauna species previously recorded within a the Project Area (DPaW, 2007-); A review of the Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW)’s Threatened Ecological Communities (TEC) and Priority Ecological Communities (PEC) databases (DPaW, 2014a) to determine the potential for TECs or PECs to be present within the Study Areas; A review of the Department of the Environment (DotE)’s Protected Matters Search Tool (DotE, 2014a) to identify Matters of National Environmental Significance (MNES) in particular threatened species, migratory species and ecological communities listed under the Environment, Protection, Biodiversity and Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC Act) potentially occurring within 10 kilometres of the Study Areas; A review of previous reports and vegetation mapping of the Project Area; A review of aerial photography, geology/soils and hydrology information;
A review of the Department of Environment Regulation (DER) Acid Sulphate Soil database; and A search of the Department of Environment Regulation’s (DER’s) Native Vegetation Map Viewer to determine the presence of Environmentally Sensitive Areas (ESAs) in the area (DER, 2014). Relevant environmental constraints identified in the desktop assessment are mapped in Figure 2. Flora and Fauna desktop results are provided in Appendix B and Appendix C, respectively.
2.2 Field Survey A field survey was conducted to identify the fauna habitats, flora and fauna species and communities present in the Project Area. GHD’s Principal Ecologist Joshua Foster and Environmental Scientist Steven Petts undertook the field survey between 14 and 24 October, 2014.
2.2.1 Vegetation and Flora
Terrestrial Flora A Level 1 vegetation and flora assessment was undertaken with reference to the EPA Guidance Statement No. 51 Terrestrial Flora and Vegetation Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment in Western Australia (EPA, 2004a) and Draft Technical Guide – Flora and Vegetation Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment (DEC, 2012). Field assessment methods involved a combination of sampling quadrat sites and traversing the Study Areas by foot to record plant species present (visible) at the time of the survey. Quadrats were established in areas that are representative of a vegetation assemblage. The quadrats were 30 m x 30 m in size.
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 5
A total of 25 non-permanent quadrats were placed within all of the Study Areas. Field data at each quadrat was recorded on a pro-forma data sheet and included the parameters indicated in data collection for each quadrat followed the requirements as stipulated by DPaW. Table 2 provides a summary of data collected during the survey.
Table 2 Data Collected During the Field Survey
Aspect Measurement Collection Attributes Personnel/recorder; date, quadrat dimensions, photograph of the quadrat. Physical Features Aspect, soil attributes. Percentage surface cover by rocks, logs and branches, leaf litter, bare ground. Location of Important Coordinates recorded in GDA94 datum using a hand-held Global Features Positioning System (GPS) tool to accuracy approximately ± five metres. Vegetation Condition Vegetation condition was assessed using the condition rating scale devised by Keighery (1994). Disturbance Level and nature of disturbances (e.g. weed presence, fire - and time since last fire, impacts from grazing, exploration activities). Flora List of dominant flora from each structural layer. List of all species within the quadrat including average height and cover (using a modified Braun-Blanquet scale).
The surveys within the Study Area included searches for species not previously recorded, as well as conservation significant species.
Flora Species Identification and Nomenclature Species that were well known were identified in the field, while species that were unknown were collected and assigned a unique number to facilitate tracking. Plant species were identified by the use of local herbaria specimens, electronic flora keys and databases.
The conservation status of all recorded flora was compared against the current lists available on FloraBase (DPaW, 1998-) and the EPBC Act Threatened species database provided by the DotE (2014b).
Nomenclature used in this report follows that used by the Western Australian Herbarium as reported on FloraBase (DPaW, 1998-).
Vegetation Condition The vegetation condition of the site was assessed using the vegetation condition rating scale developed by Keighery (1994). This rating scale recognises the intactness of vegetation, which is defined by the following: Completeness of structural levels; Extent of weed invasion; Historical disturbance from tracks and other clearing or dumping; and The potential for natural or assisted regeneration. The scale consists of six rating levels, as outlined in Table 3.
6 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
Table 3 Vegetation Condition Rating Scale
Vegetation Vegetation Condition Description Condition Rating 1 Pristine or Nearly So No obvious signs of disturbance. 2 Excellent Vegetation structure intact, disturbance affecting individual species, and weeds are non-aggressive species. 3 Very Good Vegetation structure altered. Obvious signs of disturbance. 4 Good Vegetation structure significantly altered by very obvious signs of multiple disturbances retains basic vegetation structure or ability to regenerate it. 5 Degraded Basic vegetation structure severely impacted by disturbance. Scope for regeneration but not in a state approaching good condition without intensive management. 6 Completely Degraded The structure of the vegetation is no longer intact and the area is completely or almost without native species.
2.3 Fauna GHD ecologists undertook a Level 1 fauna survey (reconnaissance survey) of the Study Areas in conjunction with the vegetation and flora assessment and undertaken with reference to the EPA Guidance Statement No. 56 Terrestrial Fauna Survey for Environmental Impact Assessment in Western Australia (EPA 2004b). The purpose of the reconnaissance survey was to verify the accuracy of the desktop study and delineate and characterise the fauna and faunal assemblages present in the study area. The Project Area was traversed on foot and by vehicle over the course of 10 days to identify and describe the dominant fauna habitat types and their condition, assess habitat connectivity, identify and record fauna species within the Project Area. An assessment of the likelihood of conservation significant fauna and their habitats occurring within the study area was also undertaken.
2.3.1 Habitat Assessment A field data sheet was used to document the type, condition and extent of habitats within the Study Areas. The following information was collected for the 25 (30 m x 30 m) quadrats located within the Study Areas (Figure 3): Habitat structure (e.g. vegetation type, presence/absence of structural layers such as ground cover and mid storey); Presence/absence of refuge, including fallen timber (coarse woody debris), hollow- bearing trees and stags, rocks/boulder piles and the type and extent of each refuge; Presence/absence of waterways, including type, extent and habitat quality within waterways;
Location of the habitat within the study area in comparison to the habitat within the surrounding landscape; habitat connectivity and identification of wildlife corridors within and immediately adjacent to the Study Areas; Current land use and disturbance history;
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 7
Identification and evaluation of key habitat features and types identified during the desktop assessment relevant to fauna of conservation significance; Evaluation of the likelihood of occurrence of conservation significant fauna within the habitat (based on presence of suitable habitat); and A representative photograph of each habitat type.
Opportunistic Fauna Searches Opportunistic fauna searches were also conducted across the study area. Opportunistic searches were undertaken at most of the habitat assessment locations and included: Searching through micro-habitats, including turning over rocks, turning over leaf litter and examining tree hollows and hollow logs; Visual and aural surveys. This accounted for many bird species potentially utilising the Study Areas; Searching the study area for tracks, scats, bones, diggings and feeding areas for both native and feral fauna; and Recording of Global Positioning System (GPS) locations of any conservation significant fauna species.
Fauna Species Identification Identification of fauna species was made in the field using available field guides. Where identification was not possible photographs of specimens were collected to be later identified. Nomenclature follows that used by the Western Australian Museum and the DPaW NatureMap database, as it is deemed to contain the most up-to-date species information for Western Australia.
2.4 Survey Limitations
2.4.1 Desktop Limitations The EPBC Act PST is based on bioclimatic modelling for the potential presence of species. As such, this does not represent actual records of the species within the area. The records from the DPaW and searches of threatened flora and fauna provide more accurate information for the general area. GHD notes that some records of collections, sightings or trappings can be dated and often misrepresent the current range of threatened species.
2.4.2 Field Survey Limitations Guidance Statement No. 51 and No. 56 (EPA 2004a, 2004b) states that flora and fauna survey reports for environmental impact assessment in Western Australia should contain a section describing the limitations of the survey methods used. The limitations and constraints associated with this field survey are discussed in Table 4.
8 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
Table 4 Field Survey Constraints and Limitations
Aspect Constraint Comment
Sources of information and Minor Broad scale (1:250,000) mapping by Beard (1974) and digitised by Shepherd et al. (2002); and availability of contextual Previous report (GHD, 2014a; GHD,2014b). information.
Scope (what life forms were Nil Vascular flora and terrestrial vertebrate fauna were sampled during the survey. Non-vascular flora, sampled etc.). invertebrate and aquatic fauna were not assessed as part of survey.
Proportion of flora collected and Minor The flora survey was a Level 1 survey only, and took place during one season in one year. The survey identified (based on sampling, took place during Spring 2014. Sampling was undertaken at an appropriate time of year. Rainfall was timing and intensity). significantly below average, which was reflected by a relatively low collection of annual flora taxa. Proportion of fauna identified, The fauna survey was undertaken in October 2014 and was a reconnaissance survey only. The fauna recorded and/or collected assessment sampled only those species that can be easily seen, heard or have distinctive signs, such as but not limited to, tracks, scats, diggings. Many cryptic and nocturnal species would not have been identified during a reconnaissance survey and seasonal variation within species often requires targeted surveys at a particular time of the year. Of the fauna species recorded during the survey, all species were identified to a species level. The fauna assessment was aimed at identifying habitat types and terrestrial vertebrate fauna utilising the Project Area. No sampling for invertebrates or aquatic species occurred. The information available on the identification, distribution and conservation status of invertebrates is generally less extensive than that of vertebrate species.
Flora determination. Minor Flora determination was undertaken by GHD ecologists in field and at the Geraldton Herbarium. All potential Priority Flora taxa were submitted to the WA Herbarium for identification and/or verification. Four flora collections could be identified to genus only and a further four flora collections to family only due to lack of flowering and fruiting material required for identification. Additionally, some species, particularly annuals and grasses, may have been overlooked due to lack of material; however this is unlikely to affect the results of the survey as these species are not likely to be conservation significant species, nor dominate throughout the Project Area. The taxonomy and conservation status of the Western Australian flora is dynamic. This report was prepared with reliance on taxonomy and conservation current at the time of issuing, but it should be noted this may change. One taxon was not adequately identified (as at 21 November 2014). This taxon will be submitted to the WAHERB for specialist identification. The location of this taxon is not expected to impact on any Project Works.
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 9
Aspect Constraint Comment
Completeness and further work Nil This survey was conducted to provide information on potential constraints associated with proposed which might be needed (e.g. was Project. The survey was sufficiently detailed and covered enough of the relevant area at this stage of the relevant area fully the Project. surveyed?). The Study Areas were sufficiently traversed during this study.
Mapping reliability. Nil The vegetation was mapped at a scale of 1:10,000 to 1:25,000 using high resolution ESRI aerial imagery, topographical features, previous mapping (and field data. The distribution and number of quadrats is considered adequate for the definition of vegetation within the Study Areas. Certain atmospheric factors and other sources of error can affect the accuracy of GPS receivers. The Garmin GPS units used for this survey are accurate to within ± 5 metres on average. Therefore the data points consisting of coordinates recorded from the GPS may contain inaccuracies.
Timing/weather/season/cycle. Minor The survey was conducted in October 2014. In the three months directly prior to the survey, July to September, Hamelin Station Meteorology station (Station Number 6026) recorded approximately 57% of the average rainfall recorded for this period (35.4 mm compared to the long term average of 61.7 mm) (BoM, 2014b). The weather conditions during the survey were dry, with weather ranging from 24.8 to 30.9°C. A total of 3.8 mm were recorded during the field survey (BoM, 2014c). The Level 1 survey was undertaken during spring. Some taxa (particularly reptiles) may have been less active and therefore less detectable in winter. Complete fauna surveys can require multiple surveys at different times of year and over a period of a number of years to enable observation of all species present. Some degree of variability is likely if subsequent surveys were to occur.
Disturbances (e.g. fire, flood, Nil Evidence of disturbance (through human interaction) was widespread throughout the Project Area. accidental human intervention).
Intensity (in retrospect, was the Nil The vascular flora of the Project Area was sampled with reference to the EPA (2004a) guideline, and intensity adequate?). terrestrial fauna with reference to the EPA (2004b) guideline.
Resources. Nil Adequate resources were employed during the field survey. A total of 16 person days were spent undertaking the survey. Access restrictions. Minor The Study Areas were completely accessible.
Experience levels. Nil The ecologists who executed the survey were practitioners suitably qualified in their respective fields. Joshua Foster is a Principle Ecologist with over 16 years of experience in undertaking ecological surveys. Steven Petts is an Environmental Scientist with over three years of experience in undertaking ecological surveys.
10 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
3. Desktop Assessment - Regional Context
3.1 Bioregion The Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation of Australia (IBRA) divides the Australian continent into 85 biogeographic regions based on their climatic, faunal, vegetation, landform and geological features. The Project Area lies within the Wooramel (CAR02) IBRA subregion of the Carnarvon IBRA. The Wooramel Subregion is the southern and central parts of the Carnarvon Basin. Alluvial plains associated with downstream sections and deltas of Gascoyne, Minilya and Wooramel Rivers (Desmond and Chant, 2001).
3.2 Surrounding Land Use The Study Areas’ current land use includes pastoral leases, historical material extraction and access tracks. The Study Areas’ surrounding land use includes gazetted roads – the NWCH and Meedo Road, pastoral leases and conservation areas.
3.3 Climate The climate experience within the Study Areas is semi-arid with bimodal rainfall (Department of Environment, 2008). The closest Bureau of Meteorology (BoM) weather station to the Project Area that provides continuous reliable rainfall data is located at Hamelin Station (Station Number 006026). A summary of climatic statistics was collated from Hamelin Pool (Station Number 006025) and is provided below: Mean Daily Maximum Temperature 20.7°C in July to 36.9°C in January;
Mean Daily Minimum Temperature 9.2°C in July to 21.2°C in February;
Mean Annual Rainfall 210.1 mm; and Mean Annual Rain Days 23.0 days.
(Source: BoM, 2014)
Wind This area of the Shires of Shark Bay and Carnarvon experiences relatively strong winds during summer and gentle breezes during winter. A summary of the wind statistics for the Mean 3:00 pm wind speed is provided below: Mean maximum 3:00 pm wind speed 20.5 km/h; and Mean minimum 3:00 pm wind speed 12.7 km/h.
(Source: BoM, 2014)
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 11
3.4 Conservation Reserves No conservation reserves occur within the Study Areas. A search of the EPBC Act PMST and NatureMap indicated that ex-Yaringa Station, Shark Bay Marine Park and Sedimentary Deposits Reserve and Hamelin Pool Marine Nature Reserve are within 10 kilometres of Study Areas 1, 2 and 3 (DPaW, 2007-).
World Heritage The Shark Bay World Heritage Area is located 10 km west of the Study Area 3.
3.5 Environmentally Sensitive Areas Environmentally Sensitive Areas (ESAs) are defined under Section 51B of the Environmental Protection Act 1986 (EP Act) and may include areas such those requiring special management attention to protect important scenic values, fish and wildlife resources, historical and cultural values and other natural systems or processes. A search of the DER’s Native Vegetation MapViewer indicated that there are no ESAs within the Study Areas.
3.6 Public Drinking Water Source Areas A search was undertaken on the Department of Water (DoW) Geographic Data Atlas which indicated no Public Drinking Water Source Areas located approximately Study Areas (DoW, 2014).
The hydrology and hydrogeology aspects proclaimed under the Rights in Water and Irrigation Act 1914 (RIWI Act) within the Project Area are provided in Table 5. No areas proclaimed under the RIWI Act were identified within the Project Area.
Table 5 Department of Water Geographic Data Atlas Query Results (DoW 2014)
Aspect Detail Result RIWI Groundwater Groundwater areas proclaimed under the The whole Project Area falls Areas RIWI Act. within the Gascoyne Groundwater Area. . Groundwater sub- Groundwater areas proclaimed under the The whole Project Area falls areas RIWI Act. within the Zuytdorp/Ningaloo Groundwater Sub-Area. RIWI Watercourses Watercourses proclaimed under the RIWI Study Area 8 encompasses a Act. “minor, non-perennial” Watercourse. RIWI Surface water Surface water areas proclaimed under the The Project is within the area RIWI Act. Carnarvon RIWI surface water area. Public Drinking PDWSAs is a collective term used for the The Project is not within a Water Source description of Water Reserves, PDWSA. Areas (PDWSA) Catchment Areas and Underground Pollution Control Areas declared (gazetted) under the provisions of the Metropolitan Water Supply, Sewage and Drainage (MWSSD) Act 1909 or the Country Area Water Supply (CAWS) Act 1947.
12 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
There are existing Artesian Bores within Study Areas 3 (three bores). Water Quality (after DoW, 2007) indicates that the salinity of these bores ranges from 4,000 to 10,000 TDS. The clearing of vegetation is not considered to cause an alteration to the existing quality of groundwater in or adjacent to the Project Area. Abstraction from the artesian bores is considered likely to require a Licence from the DoW. GHD recommends MRWA liaise with the DoW to determine requirements of groundwater use.
3.1 Wetlands and Watercourses Desktop searches indicate that DoW-defined watercourses occur within Study Areas 3, 4, and 8: Watercourse - minor, non-perennial. No wetlands are located within the Project Area.
3.2 Geology
3.2.1 Geology and Soils This region of Western Australia is typically characterised by flat to gently undulating sandplains with linear dunes and broad depressions. The floors of these depressions are generally broad sandy swales, clayey interdunal plains, saline flats and limestone plains comprises of Acacia shrublands with scrub heath over spinifex plains. Halophytic shrublands can been found growing in areas associated with the ephemeral lake system. Calcareous shallow loams and calcareous loamy earths are the typical soil types for the Project Area (Tille, 2006).
Acid Sulphate Soils The Australian Soil Resource Information System (ASRIS) generally indicated that there is “Extremely Low Probability with Very Low Confidence” of Acid Soils occurring in all Study Areas. However, the DER database indicates that there is a “Moderate to Low ASS disturbance risk (<3m from the surface)” at Study Area 3. GHD considers that the shapefile associated with the area mapped for this risk is somewhat erroneous as it covers upland portions of the site – including calcareous breakaways.
Soil Degradation Risks The Project Area was assessed using the Department of Agriculture and Food NRM SLIP mapping portal to assess the risk of degradation to soil by wind and water. As the Project Area occurs outside the intensive land use zone of the south-west of WA, the area has not been mapped for soil degradation risks. GHD notes that the Project Area occurs within a location subject to strong prevailing winds (sea- breezes), and as such appropriate land management practices to minimise risks to wind erosion is recommended. Study Areas 3, 4 and 8 support DoW-defined ephemeral watercourses. During periods of high rainfall events, these may flow. GHD recommends minimal clearing of vegetation within these areas (where possible) and/or appropriate management to mitigate the risks of soil erosion by overland flow of water.
3.3 Vegetation Broadscale vegetation mapping within the Project Area was undertaken by Beard (1976), which indicates that one Vegetation Association is present within the Study Areas (Table 6).
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 13
Table 6 Beard's Vegetation Associations
Vegetation Description Location within the Project Association Area
205 Shrublands; Acacia sclerosperma & Study Area 1 bowgada scrub 208 Mosaic: Shrublands; Acacia Study Area 1 and Study Area 5 sclerosperma & bowgada scrub/ Shrublands; bowgada & grevillea scrub 221 Succulent steppe; saltbush Study Area 3 224 Shrublands; waterwood & Acacia Study Area 2 victoriae scrub 242 Succulent steppe with scrub; snakewood Study Area 2 over saltbush 243 Shrublands; bowgada & minnieritchie Study Areas 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 scrub 283 Shrublands; Acacia sclerosperma, Study Area 4 bowgada & A. victoriae scrub 308 Mosaic: Shrublands; Acacia Study Area 8 sclerosperma sparse scrub/Succulent steppe; saltbush & bluebush 676 Succulent steppe; samphire Study Area 4
Table 7 Vegetation Association by Study Area
Study Area SLK Association Number
1 NWCH SLK 285.4 205, 208 2 NWCH SLK 294.7 224, 242
3 NWCH SLK 328 221, 243 4 Meedo Road SLK 13 243, 283, 676 5 Meedo Road SLK 23 208, 243
6 NWCH SLK 340 243 7 NWCH SLK 345.4 243 8 NWCH SLK 460.9 308
3.3.1 Vegetation Association Extent and Status Beard vegetation mapping (1976) has been adapted and digitised by Shepherd et al. (2002). The extent of Beard’s (1976) vegetation associations have been determined by the state-wide vegetation remaining extent calculations maintained by DPaW (latest update 2012 – GoWA 2013). The extent remaining of the vegetation associations that have been mapped within the Project Area are detailed in Table 8. The extents of these vegetation types are above the 30% threshold level for the State, IBRA bioregion, IBRA sub-region and local government area.
14 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
Table 8 Vegetation Association Extent and Status
Vegetation Scale Pre- Current Extent % Current Extent % Current Extent in % Remaining Status Association European (ha) in IUCN (1-4) All DPaW Managed
Extent (ha) Lands
Carnarvon (CAR) IBRA Region 8,382,890.36 8,360,803.35 3.61 11.61 99.74 Least Concern
Carnarvon (CAR1) IBRA Subregion 6,013,920.31 6,004,365.25 3.75 10.10 99.84 Least Concern
205 State 294,704.21 294,566.39 0.80 10.95 99.95 Least Concern
IBRA – Carnarvon (CAR) 280,844.31 280,732.94 0.01 9.44 99.96 Least Concern
IBRA Subregion - Wooramel (CAR2) 280,844.31 280,732.94 0.01 9.44 99.96 Least Concern
LGA - Shire of Shark Bay 168,645.06 168,645.06 1.17 1.52 100 Least Concern
208 State 28,497.85 28,497.85 - - 100 Least Concern
IBRA – Carnarvon (CAR) 28,497.85 28,497.85 - - 100 Least Concern
IBRA Subregion - Wooramel (CAR2) 28497.85 28497.85 - - 100 Least Concern
LGA - Shire of Shark Bay 1,624.41 1,624.41 - - 100 Least Concern
LGA - Shire of Carnarvon 26,873.44 26,873.44 - - 100 Least Concern
221 State 63,720.06 59,923.05 5.70 17.08 94.04 Least Concern
IBRA – Carnarvon (CAR) 15,459.62 15,447.65 3.65 51.25 99.92 Least Concern
IBRA Subregion - Wooramel (CAR2) 15459.62 15447.65 3.58 51.25 99.92 Least Concern
LGA - Shire of Carnarvon 12,742.44 12,646.82 3.19 61.42 99.25 Least Concern
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 15
Vegetation Scale Pre- Current Extent % Current Extent % Current Extent in % Remaining Status Association European (ha) in IUCN (1-4) All DPaW Managed
Extent (ha) Lands
224 State 82,644.14 82,644.14 0.34 1.19 100 Least Concern
IBRA – Carnarvon (CAR) 82,367.77 82,367.77 0.01 0.87 100 Least Concern
IBRA Subregion - Wooramel (CAR2) 82367.77 82367.77 0.01 0.87 100 Least Concern
LGA - Shire of Shark Bay 81,833.15 81,833.15 - 0.34 100 Least Concern
242 State 2,395.96 2,395.96 - - 100 Least Concern
IBRA – Carnarvon (CAR) 2,369.97 2,369.97 - - 100 Least Concern
IBRA Subregion - Wooramel (CAR2) 2,369.97 2,369.97 - - 100 Least Concern
LGA - Shire of Shark Bay 2,395.96 2,395.96 - - 100 Least Concern
243 State 148,432.56 148,426.20 0.08 4.00 99.99 Least Concern
IBRA – Carnarvon (CAR) 107,786.13 107,786.12 0.06 0.23 100 Least Concern
IBRA Subregion - Wooramel (CAR2) 107,786.13 107,786.12 - 0.23 100 Least Concern
LGA - Shire of Carnarvon 27,250.08 27,250.08 - 0.08 100 Least Concern
283 State 64,865.98 64,865.98 14.22 100 Least Concern
IBRA – Carnarvon (CAR) 64,865.98 64,865.98 - 14.22 100 Least Concern
IBRA Subregion - Wooramel (CAR2) 107,786.13 107,786.13 0.06 - 100 Least Concern
LGA - Shire of Carnarvon 49,666.19 49,666.19 - 5.33 100 Least Concern
16 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
Vegetation Scale Pre- Current Extent % Current Extent % Current Extent in % Remaining Status Association European (ha) in IUCN (1-4) All DPaW Managed
Extent (ha) Lands
308 State 447,064.51 443,499.86 0.10 0.86 99.20 Least Concern
IBRA – Carnarvon (CAR) 446,976.92 443,483.81 0.10 0.86 99.20 Least Concern
IBRA Subregion - Wooramel (CAR2) 446,976.92 443,483.81 0.10 - 99.20 Least Concern
LGA - Shire of Carnarvon 446,878.25 443,313.60 010 0.86 99.20 Least Concern
676 State 206,3413.94 196,3874.71 3.75 11.87 95.18 Least Concern IBRA – Carnarvon (CAR) 51,983.51 51,232.57 6.54 28.89 98.56 Least Concern
IBRA Subregion - Wooramel (CAR2) 22,789.91 22,783.91 14.39 - 100 Least Concern
LGA - Shire of Carnarvon 16,848.95 16449.16 22.96 55.76 97.63 Least Concern
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 17
3.4 Conservation Significant Ecological Communities A search of the EPBC Act PMST (DotE, 2014a) did not identify the presence of any Australian Government listed TECs within 10 km of the Study Areas. A search on DPaW’s NatureMap database identified one Priority Ecological Community with a buffer overlapping four of the Study Areas. A description of the PEC is provided in Table 9. As this is a marine PEC, GHD considers it extremely unlikely that impact to this PEC will occur as part of proposed works.
Table 9 Desktop Search Results for Priority Ecological Communities
PEC Name PEC Description PEC Status Location
Hypersaline Hypersaline tidal stromatolite Priority 1 Study Area 1 Community number 2 aragonite community formed by Study Area 2 (Stromatolites of trapping and binding by a variety Study Area 3 Hamelin Pool) of cyanobacteria and eukaryotes. Study Area 4
3.5 Flora Diversity A search of the NatureMap database (DPaW, 2007-) a summary of the flora taxa recorded in the Study Areas is provided in Table 10.
Table 10 Summary of NatureMap Flora Results
Study Area SLK Flora Count Dominant Families
1 NWCH SLK 285.4 94 Fabaceae and Myrtaceae 2 NWCH SLK 294.7 107 Asteraceae
3 NWCH SLK 328 92 Chenopodiaceae and Asteraceae 4 Meedo Road SLK 13 20 Fabaceae and Chenopodiaceae 5 Meedo Road SLK 23 6 Chenopodiaceae
6 NWCH SLK 340 71 Chenopodiaceae and Asteraceae 7 NWCH SLK 345.4 55 Asteraceae and Fabaceae 8 NWCH SLK 460.9 68 Chenopodiaceae
3.5.1 Conservation Significant Flora Desktop searches of the DPaW Threatened and Priority Flora database (TPFL) and Western Australian Herbarium database (WAHERB), EPBC Act PMST database and NatureMap (NM) identified 33 conservation significant flora (including EPBC Act listed, WC Act listed and DPaW Priority Flora) that have either been recorded or are predicted to occur within 10 km of the Study Areas.
18 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
Table 11 Conservation Significant Flora
Taxon EPBC Act WC Act DPaW Source Status Status Status Abutilon sp. Pritzelianum (S. van P1 NM, TP List, Leeuwen 5095) TPFL Abutilon sp. Hamelin (A.M. Ashby 2196) P2 TP List, Acacia drepanophylla P3 NM, TP List, WAHerb Acacia sclerosperma subsp. glaucescens P3 NM, TP List, WAHerb Angianthus microcephalus P2 TP List Atriplex spinulosa P1 NM, WAHerb Caladenia hoffmanii En S1 EPBC_PMST Calandrinia operta P1 NM, WAHerb Calandrinia vernicosa P2 TP List Chamelaucium sp. Wongan Hills (B.H. P3 TP List Smith 1140) Chthonocephalus spathulatus P3 NM, TP List Chthonocephalus tomentellus P2 TP List, WAHerb Dasymalla glutinosa P3 NM, TP List, WAHerb Dicrastylis linearifolia P3 NM Dicrastylis sp. Denham (M. Lewis 42/92) P1 TP List Eremophila shonae subsp. diffusa P3 TP List Eucalyptus beardiana Vu S1 EPBC_PMST Frankenia glomerata P3 TP List Gnephosis sp. Billabong (B. Nordenstam P1 NM, TP List, & A. Anderberg 203) TPFL Grevillea rogersoniana P3 NM, TP List, WAHerb Jacksonia velutina P4 TP List Lepidium biplicatum P2 NM, TP List, WAHerb Lepidium scandens P3 TP List Rhodanthe sp. Overlander (P.S. Short P1 NM, WAHerb 2096) Rumex crystallinus P2 NM, TP List, WAHerb Scaevola chrysopogon P2 NM, WAHerb Schoenia filifolia subsp. arenicola P1 NM, TP List, WAHerb Sclerolaena stylosa P1 TP List Sondottia glabrata P2 NM, TP List, WAHerb Sporobolus blakei P3 TP List Tetragonia coronata P3 NM, TP List, WAHerb Thryptomene wittweri Vu S1 TP List Verticordia dichroma var. dichroma P3 NM, WAHerb
*En=Endangered, Vu = Vulnerable, S1 = Schedule 1, P1= Prioirity 1, P2 = Priority 2 and P3 = Priority 3
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 19
A likelihood of occurrence assessment (based on the range, habitat requirements and previous records of the species) was conducted for all conservation significant taxa identified in the desktop assessment Table 28, Appendix B. The assessment concluded that 11 flora taxa could Possible Occur and two flora taxa are Likely to Occur in the Study Areas.
3.5.2 Invasive Flora The EPBC Act PMST (DotE, 2014a) indicates that there is one invasive flora taxon that may occur within 10 km of the Study Areas. The NatureMap database (DEC 2007) indicates four invasive flora species may occur within 10 km of the Study Areas. The search results are shown in Table 12.
Table 12 Invasive Flora That May Occur Within 10 km of the Study Areas
Species Name Common Name Location Source
*Cenchrus ciliaris Buffel Grass All Study Areas EPBC *Asphodelus fistulosus Onion Weed Study Area 2 NM *Cuscuta planiflora Dodder Study Area 3 NM
*Rostraria pumila a grass Study Area 3 NM *Mesembryanthemum crystallinum Iceplant Study Area 8 NM
3.6 Disease and Pathogens Phytophthora cinnamomi (Dieback) disease is generally restricted to areas of the south west of the State, south of the 26th parallel of latitude, in areas receiving an average annual rainfall of greater than 400 mm. The Study Area is south of the 26th parallel, however the region only receives 210 mm per annum and is not considered susceptible to Dieback.
3.7 Fauna
Existing Fauna Records A search on NatureMap (DPaW, 2007-) and the EPBC Act PMST (DotE, 2014a) was undertaken for the Study Areas. A summary of the search results are provided in Table 13 and Appendix C.
20 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
Table 13 Summary of Fauna Previously Recorded with 10 km of the each Study Areas
Study Area SLK Amphibians Birds Mammals Reptiles Total
1 NWCH SLK 285.4 - 43 3 25 71 2 NWCH SLK 294.7 2 66 2 12 82 3 NWCH SLK 328 - 102 6 7 115 4 Meedo Road SLK 13 2 32 1 26 61 5 Meedo Road SLK 23 - 13 5 2 20 6 NWCH SLK 340 1 43 6 14 64 7 NWCH SLK 345.4 45 1 12 58 8 NWCH SLK 460.9 2 170 4 4 180
3.7.1 Conservation Significant Fauna Searches of the EPBC Act PMST (DotE, 2014a) and NatureMap database (DPaW, 2007–) identified the presence or potential presence of 37 conservation significant fauna species. A number of marine species including sharks, turtles and cetaceans were indicated in the EPBC Act PMST search results. As the survey was limited to terrestrial fauna only, these marine species have been not considered for likelihood of occurrence assessment. The parameters of assessment outcome for this likelihood of occurrence assessment are described in Table 30. A list of the conservation significant species identified in the desktop review is provided in Table 29, Appendix C.
Likelihood of Occurrence Assessment As outlined above, a total of 37 conservation significant fauna species were identified as potentially occurring within the Study Areas during the desktop investigation. An assessment of the likelihood of these species occurring in the Study Areas was undertaken. This assessment is based on species biology, habitat requirements, the quality and availability of suitable habitat and records of the species in the area. The assessment is provided in Table 31, Appendix C.
3.7.2 Introduced Fauna The results of the EPBC Act PMST and NatureMap indicated the potential presence of seven introduced fauna taxa within 10 km of the Study Areas (DotE, 2014a; DPAW, 2007-). The search results are shown in Table 14.
Table 14 Introduced Fauna Database Search Results (DotE, 2014)
Species Common Name Location Source
*Streptopelia senegalensis Laughing Turtle-Dove Study Area 8 NM *Columba livia Domestic Pigeon Study Area 1 NM; EPBC PMST *Capra hircus Goat All Study Areas EPBC PMST *Felis catus Cat All Study Areas EPBC PMST *Mus musculus House Mouse All Study Areas EPBC PMST *Oryctolagus cuniculus Rabbit All Study Areas EPBC PMST *Vulpes vulpes Red Fox All Study Areas EPBC PMST
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 21
4. Field Assessment Results
4.1 Wetlands and Watercourses Desktop searches indicate that DoW-defined watercourses occur within Study Areas 3, 4, and 8: as “Watercourse - minor, non-perennial”. Field surveys indicate that these watercourses are ephemeral and will only flow during periods of heavy rain events. No flora taxa specifically associated with wetlands or watercourses were recorded within the ephemeral watercourses at Study Areas 3 and 8. There is a samphire (Tecticornia) dominated tributary of the Wooramel River that forms the eastern boundary of Study Area 4 (Meedo Road SLK 13). This location will not be impacted by the proposed works. No wetlands are located within the Project Area; however, the watercourse within Study Area 4 that forms a tributary of the Wooramel River is similar to a saline pan. This location will not be impacted by the proposed works.
4.2 Vegetation
4.2.1 Vegetation Types Eight vegetation types were identified and described from the Study Areas based on field observations. These vegetation types are described in Table 16 and mapped in Figure 3. The vegetation of the Study Areas generally included Acacia shrubland, sometimes on loamy sand and rocky calcareous soils. Mixed Acacia Scrub on sandy loams with gravelly soils dominated the elevated area at Study Area 3. The escarpment surrounding the elevated area was characterised by Mixed Acacia Scrub on calcareous soils, which typically comprise of Acacia drepanophylla. In areas adjacent or within an ephemeral drainage line these were dominated by Acacia and Snakewood shrubland over Chenopod Shrublands. At Study Area 4 (Meedo Road SLK 13), an ephemeral salt lake lies immediately east of the boundary. Low Chenopod Shrublands and bare ground forms part of a transition zone between Acacia scrub and the salt lake. The vegetation types recorded within the Project Area broadly correspond with the Vegetation Association mapped by Beard (1976) within and directly adjacent the Project Area. The vegetation types are considered to be Least Concern at all levels.
4.2.1 Vegetation Condition The vegetation condition of the Project Area was mapped during the field survey using the Vegetation Condition Scale (after Keighery, 1994). The vegetation in the Study Areas ranged from Condition 2 (Excellent) to Condition 6 (Completely Degraded). The most noticeable areas of disturbance were within the vehicle access track, historical material extraction and watering points on pastoral properties. The extent of the vegetation condition ratings mapped within the Study Areas is detailed in Table 15.
22 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
Table 15 Extents of Vegetation Condition Ratings Mapped within the Study Areas
Vegetation Condition Extent (ha) Condition 2 (Excellent) 53.2 Condition 3 (Very Good) 452.6 Condition 4 (Good) 216.7 Condition 5 (Degraded) 79 Condition 6 (Completely Degraded) 136
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 23
Table 16 Recorded Vegetation Types
Vegetation Short Description Photograph Location Condition Beard Type Description Equivalent Vegetation Associations 1 Mixed Acacia Mixed High Open Scrub to Open Study Area 1, Study Good, Excellent, 205 scrub on Scrub of Acacia ramulosa var. Area 7, Study Area 8. Completely Degraded loamy sand ramulosa, A. tetragonophylla, A. sclerosperma subsp. sclerosperma, A. synchronicia with Santalum lanceolatum, Exocarpos aphyllum over Open Shrubland of Rhagodia preissii subsp. obovata, Eremophilla spp., Senna spp. Scaevola spp. over Low Shrubs of Ptilotus obovatus, Solanum lasiophyllum, Mixed Chenopods over Mixed Grasses and Herbs on Sandy Loam.
2 Mixed Acacia Open Scrub to High Open Shrubland Study Area 1, Study Good, Very Good, 205 scrub on of Acacia grasbyi, Area 2, Study Area 3, Excellent, Degraded Rocky A. drepanophylla, Study Area 4, Study Calcareous A. tetragonophylla, A. ramulosa var. Area 5. soils ramulosa, A. sclerosperma subsp. sclerosperma with Alectryon oleifolius, Scaevola tomentosa, Santalum lanceolatum, Exocarpos aphyllus over Shrubs of Rhagodia preissii subsp. obovata, Ptilotus obovatus, Senna spp., Eremophila spp. over Scattered Low Shrubs of Mixed Chenopods over Scattered Grasses and Herbs on Limestone / Calcareous rocky soils.
24 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
Vegetation Short Description Photograph Location Condition Beard Type Description Equivalent Vegetation Associations 3 Snakewood Open Scrub to Scattered Tall Shrubs Study Area 2, Study Very Good, Degraded, 221, 242, 676 Shrublands of Acacia xiphophylla with Scattered Area 3, Study Area 6, Completely Degraded, over Acacia synchronicia, Study Area 7, Study Good Chenopod A. sclerosperma, Area 4, Study Area 5. Shrubs A. tetragonophylla, A. galeata over Scattered Shrubs of Eremophila spp., Senna spp., over Low Open Heath of Chenopods (Atriplex spp., Maireana spp.) with Scattered Grasses and Herbs on Sandy Loam.
4 Low Acacia Shrubland to Open Shrubland of Study Area 3. Degraded, Good 221, 243 shrublands Acacia sclerosperma subsp. over glaucescens with Lycium australe, Chenopods Acacia grasbyi, Acacia sclerosperma (hybrid), A. tetragonophylla, A.microcalyx with Scattered Emergent Eremophila pterocarpa subsp. pterocarpa, Santalum lanceolatum over Low Closed Heath to Low Shrubs of Solanum lasiophyllum, Maireana georgei, Atriplex vesicaria, Ptilotus obovatus over Scattered Grasses and Herbs on Loamy Sands.
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 25
Vegetation Short Description Photograph Location Condition Beard Type Description Equivalent Vegetation Associations 5 Mixed Acacia Open Scrub to High Shrubland of Study Area 3, Study Very Good, Good 243 Scrub on Acacia grasbyi with Area 7. Sandy loams A. tetragonophylla, A. ramulosa var. and Gravelly ramulosa, A. tetragonphylla, Soils A. sclerosperma subsp. sclerosperma over Eremophila spp., Senna spp., Solanum lasiophyllum, Ptilotus spp., over Scattered Grasses and Herbs on Loamy Sands.
6 Cleared Cleared Ground including tracks, Study Area 3, Study Completely Degraded N/A Ground roads and un-revegetaed material Area 5, Study Area 7, pits. Study Area 8.
26 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
Vegetation Short Description Photograph Location Condition Beard Type Description Equivalent Vegetation Associations 7 Low Scattered Emergent Eremophila Study Area 4, Study Good, Very Good, 676, 283, 308 Chenopod pterocarpa subsp. pterocarpa, Area 8. Degraded Shrublands Hakea preissii, Exocarpos aphyllus with with Acacia cuspidifolia over Open Scattered Heath of Mixed Chenopods, Emergent Frankenia spp. over Mixed Herbs on Shrubs Flat Saline Plains.
8 Salt Lakes Flat saline plains associated with the Study Area 4. Very Good 676 and Bare bare basin of Saline Lakes and Ground Watercourses.
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 27
Table 17 Vegetation Type by Study Area
Study Area SLK Vegetation Types Present 1 NWCH SLK 285.4 1, 2 2 NWCH SLK 294.7 2, 3 3 NWCH SLK 328 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 4 Meedo Road SLK 13 2, 3, 7, 8 5 Meedo Road SLK 23 2, 3, 6 6 NWCH SLK 340 3 7 NWCH SLK 345.4 1, 3, 5, 6 8 NWCH SLK 460.9 1, 6, 7
4.2.2 Threatened and Priority Ecological Communities Vegetation types were not considered to be associated with any TECs or PECs within the Study Areas during the field assessment. The Priority Ecological Communities associated with the Hamelin Pool Stromatolites in Shark Bay will not be impacted by the proposed works.
4.2.3 Other Significant Vegetation Two communities were recorded from the vicinity of the Study Areas representing “Other ecosystems at risk” (Desmond and Chant, 2001), including: Acacia drepanophylla (Hamelin Wattle) on calcareous substrates. Regionally restricted. From Carnarvon Basin Land Systems >800 km2. This community is found in Study Areas 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5, but not Study Areas 6, 7 or 8; and Floodplains of the Carnarvon Basin, Wooramel and Gascoyne Rivers (Burbidge and McKenzie 1995; Wilcox and McKinnon 1992). Not in reserve system, is widespread but highly modified. Is a major break in floristics between tropics and south (G. Keighery, pers. comm.). This community is considered to be present in Study Area 8 at SLK 460.9.
These two communities do not hold any conservation status.
4.3 Flora
4.3.1 Recorded Diversity A total of 141 flora taxa from 34 families were recorded in the Study Areas during the field survey. This total comprised 130 native taxa (92%) and 11 weed species (8%). The total is considered to be similar to that able to be recorded from areas of similar size in the local and regional area, with an equivalent level of disturbance. The dominant families recorded in the Project Area included: Chenopodiaceae (saltbush, bluebush) 28 taxa; Fabaceae (wattles, cassia) 21 taxa;
Asteraceae (daisy) 13 taxa; Scrophulariaceae (poverty bush) 11 taxa Poaceae (grasses) 8 taxa; and Amaranthaceae (mulla-mulla) 8 taxa.
28 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
The dominant genera recorded from the Project Area were: Acacia 14 taxa; Eremophila 12 taxa; Sclerolaena 7 taxa; Maireana 7 taxa; and Ptilotus 7 taxa.
Table 18 Flora Diversity by Study Area
Study Area SLK Flora Taxa Count Dominant Families 1 NWCH SLK 285.4 41 Chenpodiaceae – 7 taxa; Fabaceae – 7 taxa; Scrophulariaceae 6 taxa. 2 NWCH SLK 294.7 47 Fabaceae – 10 taxa; Chenopodiaceae – 7 taxa; Asteraceae – 5 taxa. 3 NWCH SLK 328 44 Fabaceae – 11 taxa; Chenopodiaceae 10 taxa. 4 Meedo Road SLK 13 32 Chenopodiaceae – 12 taxa; Fabaceae – 9 taxa. 5 Meedo Road SLK 23 26 Fabaceae – 7 taxa. 6 NWCH SLK 340 12 Fabaceae – 5 taxa; Chenopodiaceae 4 taxa. 7 NWCH SLK 345.4 17 Fabaceae – 4 taxa; Chenopodiaceae 4 taxa. 8 NWCH SLK 460.9 69 Chenopodiaceae – 12 taxa; Fabaceae – 6 taxa; Asteraceae – 6 taxa.
A full flora list for the Project Area is provided in Table 26, Appendix B.
4.3.2 Conservation Significant Flora
EPBC Act Listed Flora The field survey did not record any conservation significant flora taxa listed under the EPBC Act.
WC Act Listed Flora The field survey did not record any conservation significant flora taxa listed under the WC Act.
DPaW Priority Listed Flora Two flora taxa listed as Priority Flora by the DPaW were recorded within the Project Area: Acacia drepanophylla Priority 3; and Acacia sclerosperma subsp. glaucescens Priority 3.
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 29
Acacia drepanophylla Acacia drepanophylla is a Priority 3 DPaW-Listed flora taxon. It is a tree that grows to a height of between 2.5 to 4.0 m. The bark is grey and generally fibrous, and fissured on the main trunk. It flowers yellow between May and July. This flora taxon inhabits flat to undulating plains or low rises. The soil comprises of red clay or loam over limestone. NatureMap records indicate that this taxon is known from 33 records, ranging from Yaringa Station in the north to Billabong in the south (DPaW, 1998-; DPaW, 2007-).
Plate 1 Acacia drepanophylla specimen
The species population was recorded scattered throughout Study Areas 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5. In 2014 over 650 individual plants were recorded from over 90 separate locations. Locations of this taxon were typically associated with red loam over limestone/calcrete. GHD also recorded this species growing in red loamy sand within Study Area 5, located along Meedo Road. According to NatureMap, this taxon has not been recorded in this area, with the previous most northern extent of this taxon’s population occurring on ex-Yaringa Station, Shire of Carnarvon. As a part of the survey for each Study Area the habitat was mapped, based on field observation of this species (Figure 6). GHD undertook counts of plants in 30 m x 30 m quadrats and counts of plants within a 25 m radius of selected locations to calculate the approximate population of this species. As a maximum estimate count, the plant counts have been extrapolated from the actual quadrat and radius counts to cover every area of habitat. This is applied to indicate an upper limit if plants were considered to grow in the recorded density across the landscape. GHD notes that plant distribution across a landscape can be patchy - particularly in the case of Acacia drepanophylla which was observed to grow in small groups.
Study Area 1 GHD recorded a total of 25 plants from eight locations were recorded within Study Area 1. The total area of habitat recorded within this Study Area was mapped at 8.22 hectares. The average number of individual plants recorded per quadrat/radius was 3.125, with a range of one to six plants counted per quadrat/radius. GHD estimates that an upper estimate of 130 plants individual plants could occur within the mapped habitat.
30 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
Study Area 2 GHD recorded a total of 336 plants from 24 locations within Study Area 2. The total area of habitat recorded within this Study Area was mapped at 105.67 hectares. The average number of individual plants recorded per quadrat/radius was 7.8 with a range of one to 30 plants counted per quadrat/radius. GHD estimates that an upper estimate of 7,547 individual plants could occur within the mapped habitat. Study Area 3 GHD recorded a total of 258 plants from 33 locations within Study Area 3. The total area of habitat recorded within this Study Area was mapped at 60.96 hectares. The average number of individual plants recorded per quadrat/radius was 14, with a range of one to 32 plants counted per quadrat/radius. GHD estimates that an upper estimate of 2,431 individual plants could occur within the mapped habitat. Study Area 4 GHD recorded a total of 65 plants from four locations within Study Area 4. The total area of habitat recorded within this Study Area was mapped at 7.5 hectares. The average number of individual plants recorded per quadrat/radius was 16.25 with a range of one to 24 plants counted per quadrat/radius. GHD estimates that an upper estimate of 621 individual plants could occur within the mapped habitat.
Study Area 5 GHD recorded a total of 358 plants from 36 locations within Study Area 6.
The total area of habitat recorded within this Study Area was mapped at 97.8 hectares. The average number of individual plants recorded per quadrat/radius was 9.9, with a range of one to 43 plants counted per quadrat/radius. GHD estimates that an upper estimate of 4,962 individual plants could occur within the mapped habitat.
Study Areas 6, 7, 8 No habitat for Acacia drepanophylla occurs within these Study Areas. This species was not recorded in these Study Areas. GHD considers this species to be widespread in the local and regional area due to the following recent survey results:
The most northern extent of this species’ population was ex-Yaringa Station. GHD’s 2014 record now extends the previous known northern range of this species by approximately 22 km; GHD previously recorded this species from a number of locations along the Shark Bay Road, Woodleigh-Byro Road and the NWCH (GHD, 2013; 2014a; 2014b); – GHD recorded approximately 409 individual plants from 87 separate locations from the Overlander Roadhouse survey area; – Approximately 1,500 individual plants were also recorded from 70 separate locations in two proposed material pits along Woodleigh-Byro Road; and – Records at the Shark Bay Road SLK 21 proposed material pit site recorded 1052 individual plants from 247 separate locations; GHD also recorded a large number of plants along the NWCH during 2014 as part of the biological survey of a widening project of the NWCH between SLK 300 – 376. Numbers of plants are yet to be finalised for this survey, but GHD notes that density and habitat were similar to that recorded by GHD (2013; 2014a; 2014b).
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 31
GHD does not expect that MRWA will be able to avoid all locations of this plant. Discussion with the DPaW is recommended as GHD considers that this taxon is locally common within its range and the project works will not significantly impact on habitat or plant numbers.
Acacia sclerosperma subsp. glaucescens Acacia sclerosperma subsp. glaucescens is a Priority 3 DPaW-Listed flora taxon. It is a spreading shrub that grows to a height of between one to three metres high. Branchlets are puberulous and sometimes glabrous. This species flowers yellow between July and August, and inhabits sand, sandy loam and stony soils. This species has most of its 26 records extending over a range of 116 km, between Edaggee Road and the Woodleigh-Byro Road along the NWCH. There are disjunct records from near Useless Loop, Gascoyne Junction, and Nannine.
Plate 2 Acacia sclerosperma subsp. glaucescens specimen GHD notes that this taxon is considered to be difficult to distinguish in the field as it “hybridises with Acacia sclerosperma subsp. sclerosperma around the 26th parallel on the North West Coastal Highway where numerous intermediates occur from hybrids and the species itself” (Chapman and Maslin, 1992).
Plate 3 demonstrates the extremely variability in phyllodes [leaf] size and shape, with pure Acacia sclerosperma subsp. sclerosperma on the left, and variable Acacia sclerosperma subsp. glaucescens on the right. Hybrids are present between.
32 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
Plate 3 Variation of leaf sizes for Acacia sclerosperma hybrids Due to the difficulty in accurately isolating plants as discrete Acacia sclerosperma subsp. glaucescens, GHD concedes that it is possible that during the field assessment ecologists may have excluded some specimens classified as Acacia sclerosperma subsp. glaucescens or included some that may be hybrids. To maximise the accuracy of the records of this taxon, only plants fitting the described phyllode size (three to six centimetres long, six to 17 mm wide) were accepted as the Priority 3 taxon. This taxon was recorded in the lower slopes and plains of Study Area 3 (SLK 328) and along the NWCH in the vicinity of this pit, where it forms a dominant portion of the vegetation. The population boundary within this Study Area is mapped in Figure 6. In 2014 GHD recorded 61 plants of this taxon from eight locations within Study Area 3. The 2014 survey did not encroach on the NWCH 26th Parallel survey area assessed in 2012 where approximately 319 individual plants were recorded (GHD, 2012). A further 683 plants from 47 locations were recorded by GHD in 2014 along the road side within two kilometres of SLK 328. GHD does not expect that MRWA will be able to avoid all locations of this plant. Discussion with the DPaW is recommended as GHD considers that this taxon is locally common within its range and the project works will not significantly impact on habitat or plant numbers.
4.3.3 Other Significant Flora The flora species recorded during the field surveys were assessed to determine whether any were regarded as other ‘significant flora’ as defined by the EPA (2004a). No species regarded as other significant flora were recorded within the Project Area during the field assessments. GHD notes that of the flora collected during the field assessment, one taxon, collected from Site 8 (SLK 460.9) remains unidentified at the time of reporting. This taxon has been sent to specialists at the WA Herbarium to formally identify. The location where it was collected is considered unlikely to be impacted by any of the proposed works.
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 33
4.3.4 Weeds and Introduced Species A total of 11 introduced flora taxa (weeds) were recorded from the Study Areas during the field survey. The Study Areas occur in a region that is relatively weed free, with the exception of Onion weed (*Asphodelus fistulosus) and Buffel Grass (*Cenchrus ciliaris). The use of material from Study Areas 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 for upgrading NWCH is unlikely to increase the frequency of weeds currently occurring along the road side. However, GHD recommends implementing appropriate weed management strategy to prevent the spread of weeds into areas that are free of weeds, within the location of the proposed material areas. GHD recommends not utilising material from the existing pit at SLK 460.9 as it contains a large number of noxious weeds.
Weeds of National Significance (WONS) One WONS was recorded from the Study Area 8: Parkinsonia aculeata (Mesquite) was recorded from two locations within the existing disturbed pit area.
Declared Pests Three weeds that are described as Declared Pests (s22) declared under the Biosecurirty and Agriculture Management Act 2007 (BAM Act) were recorded from Study Area 8.
These weeds were recorded in an area of previous material extraction and GHD recommends avoiding this location, as shown in Figure 6 and Table 19.
Table 19 Declared Pests (s22) recorded from the Project Area
Taxon Status Easting Northing Count Argemone ochroleuca *DP 779265 7234965 >500 Argemone ochroleuca *DP 779265 7234965 >100 Datura leichhardtii *DP 778870 7234296 1 Datura leichhardtii *DP 778899 7234315 10 Parkinsonia aculeata *DP, WoNS 778875 7234466 3 Parkinsonia aculeata *DP, WoNS 778870 7234296 1
4.4 Fauna
4.4.1 Fauna Diversity A Level 1 fauna field survey was conducted in conjunction with the flora survey. The survey was limited to daylight hours and only examined terrestrial animals occurring within the Study Areas. Fauna records are shown Table 20. This survey only provides a brief snapshot of those species present at the time of sampling (daytime), in one season, in one year. Not all potentially occurring species would be recorded during a single survey, due to spatial and temporal variations in fauna population numbers and methods used to record fauna for example no trapping was undertaken as part of this survey. No fauna species of conservation significance were recorded from the Study Areas. A full list of fauna recorded during the field survey is present in Appendix C.
34 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
Table 20 Summary of Fauna Records
Study Area Birds Mammals Reptiles %Recorded in Field Survey compared to Desktop Assessment Study Area 1 Six Four One 15% Study Area 2 Six Two - 10% Study Area 3 Seven Three - 9% Study Area 4 Four Two - 10% Study Area 5 Five Three One 45% Study Area 6 Seven Two - 14% Study Area 7 Seven One One 15% Study Area 8 Six Three One 6%
Introduced Fauna A total of four introduced fauna species were recorded from the Study Areas, including: *Oryctolagus cuniculus European Rabbit; *Capra hircus Goats; *Bos sp. Cattle; and
*Ovis aries Sheep.
4.5 Fauna Habitat
4.5.1 Fauna Habitat Types The habitat types within the Project Area broadly corresponded to the vegetation types described in Table 16. There are four different types of habitat within the Study Areas in which provides a cross section of fauna habitat types situated along the NWCH and Meedo Road in the Shires of Carnarvon and Shark Bay. The descriptions of these habitat types area described in Table 21 and Figure 5. The habitats recorded from the Study Areas have been impacted by historical material extraction. The overgrazing by stock on pastoral leases was evident, with a number of feral goats recorded from a number of Study Areas. The condition of these fauna habitats ranged from Completely Degraded to Excellent. The lower condition was often associated with water points on pastoral leases, access tracks and historical material extraction. The Study Areas largely comprised of Acacia scrubland over loamy soils and sometimes on calcrete. These vegetation types provided limited structural diversity and appeared being impacted by grazing. Small areas of outcrop were located along the ridgeline in Study Areas 3 and 5, however did not offer habitat in the form of caves. A low dune system of Acacia scrubland over loamy soils occurs in Study Area 7. Bare surface fauna habitat type was recorded in Study Area 4 and this was associated with the epithermal drainage channel immediately east. Chenop Shrubland was identified in Study Area 7. The bare ground and Chenop Shrubland is considered to offer potential habitat for a number of marine and migratory species during seasonal flow. However, at the time of the surface no marine migratory species were recorded from the Study Areas. The likelihood assessment is provided in Section 4.5.4.
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 35
The habitat types in the Project Area are well represented in the areas adjacent to the Project Area and are broadly represented in the LGAs as described in Table 8. GHD recommends MRWA avoids Chenopod Shrubland and Bareground habitat type.
36 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
Table 21 Fauna Habitat Types Recorded in the Project Area
Name and Description Indicative Photograph Associated Vegetation Type
1. Acacia scrub on Scrub of Acacia tetragonophylla, A. sclerosperma over Low Shrubland of calcrete/limestone Ptilotus obovatus, Solanum lasiophyllum and Rhagodia priessii subsp. obovata over scattered grass spp. This habitat type provides refuge, foraging and limited breeding opportunities for native birds and reptiles. The undisturbed patches provide sparse to moderate leaf litter density layer for foraging and breeding opportunities for reptiles. The habitat is largely represented in the local area and is mostly overgrazed.
2. Acacia scrub on Scrub of Acacia tetragonophylla, A. sclerosperma over Low Shrubland of loamy sands Ptilotus obovatus, Solanum lasiophyllum and Rhagodia priessii subsp. obovata over scattered grass spp on loamy sands. This habitat type provides similar habitat value to native fauna as the Acacia scrub on loamy sands. The habitat is largely represented in the local area and is mostly overgrazed. This habitat type offers limited structural diversity and micro habitat such as logs and leaves.
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 37
Name and Description Indicative Photograph Associated Vegetation Type
3. Bare Surfaces Bare ground associated with the epithermal drainage channel immediately east of Study Area 5. This habitat type is likely to offer foraging habitat to many of the marine migratory species during the seasonal rainfall. However, as indicated in Figure 2, the drainage channel forms part of a lake system which is well represented within the area.
4. Chenopod Chenopod Shrubland of Tecticornia spp. and Atriplex spp. with emergent Shrublands Meleleuca spp. and Acacia spp. This habitat type is likely to offer foraging habitat to many of the marine migratory species during the seasonal rainfall. However, as indicated in Figure 2, the drainage channel forms part of a lake system which is well represented within the area.
38 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
Name and Description Indicative Photograph Associated Vegetation Type
5. Outcrops Scattered Shrubland of Acacia drepanophylla and Acacia sclerosperma subsp. sclerosperma over Low Shrubland of Ptilotus obovatus and Solanum lasiophyllum over Scattered grass spp. and herbs spp. No significant fauna structure such as cave was observed in this habitat type.
6. Degraded Area largely devoid of vegetation and often associated with watering points and historic material pit extraction. Areas within the Study Areas, where material extraction has occurred, residual piles of soil may offer potential nesting habitat for the Rainbow Bee-eater as this species burrows.
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 39
4.5.2 Habitat Linkages Habitat linkages are important to allow animals to move between areas of resource availability. Habitat linkage is important for ground and aerial fauna, providing cover, resources and linking areas for rest and reproduction. Fragmentation of habitat limits the resources available to species, particularly sedentary species, which means they may be more vulnerable to natural disasters or habitat change over time. Fragmentation of habitat can also lead to edge effects, leading to degradation of the habitat. Where the distance between habitat fragments is small, species may still be able to move between these habitats areas, but may be more exposed to predation pressures in the cleared areas. The Study Areas are a large corridor that lies in immediate vicinity of the NWCH and Meedo Road. The Study Areas are situated in a reasonably diverse landscape. Within 10 kilometres of the Project Area there are: Beaches, estuarine areas and marine environments; Completely modified areas such as transport corridors and agricultural areas; and Salt lake system The Study Areas extends through extensive areas of contiguous vegetation, which is well represented at an LGA level. Clearing of the vegetation will not increase fragmentation of the landscape within the LGA.
4.5.3 Conservation Significant Species The field survey did not record any conservation significant species recorded under the EPBC Act or WC Act or DPAW listed priority species.
4.5.4 Likelihood of Occurrence Assessment Searches of the EPBC Act PMST (DotE 2014a) and NatureMap database (DPaW 2007–) identified the presence/potential presence of 31 conservation significant fauna species. The results of the field survey were combined with the results of the desktop assessment to provide a likelihood of occurrence assessment for the 31 conservation significant species identified during the desktop searches outlined in Section 3.7.1. This assessment was based on the species biology, habitat requirements, the quality and availability of suitable habitat and records of the species in the area. The assessment concluded that three species are likely to occur, and 29 are unlikely to occur, within the Study Areas (Appendix C). A summary of those species likely to occur within the Study Areas is provided in Table 22.
40 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
Table 22 Fauna Likelihood of Occurrence Assessment
Species State Australian Field Likelihood of occurrence Government Survey Australian Bustard P4 - Not Likely - species habitat present in Ardeotis australis recorded Study Area 8, however habitat is well represented in the local and regional area. Common S3 Mi, Ma Not Likely – Marginal species habitat Greenshank recorded present within Study Area 4, however Tringa nebularia habitat is present in better condition within the local and regional area. Rainbow Bee-eater S3 Mi, Ma Not Likely – Marginal species habitat recorded present within Study Area 3 and 4, however habitat is present in better condition within the local and regional area.
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 41
5. Requirement for Referrals and Approvals
5.1 Australian Government Referral to DotE under the EPBC Act is triggered if a proposed action has/or potentially has a significant impact on any MNES. An assessment of the Project against each of the biological MNES is provided in Table 23. The Project was not considered likely to impact on any of the biological MNES and formal referral of this project to the Australian Government Minister for the Environment is not likely to be required.
Table 23 Assessment of the Project against MNES
Matters of National Environmental Significance Present Significant Impact World Heritage Properties None Unlikely National Heritage Places None Unlikely Wetlands of International Significance None Unlikely Threatened Species and Ecological Communities None recorded Unlikely Listed Migratory Species None recorded Unlikely Commonwealth Marine Areas None Unlikely Great Barrier Reef Marine Park None Unlikely Nuclear Actions (including uranium mines) None Unlikely A Water Resource (in relation to coal seam gas None Unlikely development and large coal mining development)
5.2 Western Australian Government
5.2.1 Environmental Protection Authority Significant proposals must be referred to the EPA under Section 38 of the Environmental Protection Act 1986 (EP Act).
In deciding whether a proposal will be subject to the formal environmental impact assessment process, the EPA takes into account the environmental significance of any potential impacts that may result from the implementation of the scheme or proposal. The majority of the environmental impacts associated with the Project are linked to vegetation clearing and loss of fauna habitat. These potential impacts and proposed mitigation actions (and offsets, if required) for the Project can be effectively regulated through the Environmental Protection (Clearing of Native Vegetation) Regulations 2004. Therefore with consideration to the biological values discussed in this report and in the absence of a broad environmental assessment, it is considered unlikely that the Project would require referral to the EPA under Section 38 of the EP Act.
5.2.2 Department of Environment Regulation The clearing of vegetation in Western Australia requires a permit under Part V of the EP Act, unless an exemption applies.
42 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
MRWA has been granted a State-wide vegetation clearing permit (Clearing Permit CPS 818), which allows MRWA to clear native vegetation for road realignment projects and associated construction activities (including preconstruction activities). CPS 818 requires an assessment against the ‘Ten Clearing Principles’ to clear native vegetation for road works. The Permit does not authorise the clearance of native vegetation for project activities where: The clearing may be seriously at variance with the Clearing Principles; Those project activities are incorporated in any proposal that is referred to and assessed under Part IV of the EP Act by the EPA. In October 2013 changes were made to Clearing Permit CPS 818, which requires the preparation of a Preliminary Clearing Impact Assessment (PCIA)/Clearing Impact Assessment (CIA)/Assessment Report and a Vegetation Management Plan (VMP) to be undertaken as part of MRWA projects that clear native vegetation using CPS 818. The PCIA/CIA report is a desktop assessment of native vegetation and the VMP is a management plan that should be developed specifically to avoid, mitigate or manage the impacts of the proposed clearing. A PCIA/CIA/Assessment Report and VMP are required for this Project, which should include an assessment against the Ten Clearing Principles. A preliminary assessment of the project against the Ten Clearing Principles has been undertaken and has determined that the Project is at variance with Clearing Principle (a); and maybe at variance with Principle (g). Clearing Principle (a) states that native vegetation should not be cleared if “it comprises a high level of biological diversity.” – DPaW-Listed Priority 3 flora taxa were recorded from Study Areas 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5. Clearing Principle (g) states that native vegetation should not be cleared if “the clearing of vegetation is likely to cause appreciable land degradation.” – Study Area 3 is mapped by the DoW to contain an elevated risk of Acid Sulphate Soils. GHD considers that the clearing of native vegetation within Study Areas 6, 7, and 8 is not at variance with any of the Clearing Principles and should be able to cleared using the MRWA Clearing Permit.
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 43
Table 24 Assessment of Clearing of Native Vegetation
Principle Assessment Outcome Data sources
(a) – Native vegetation should not be Vegetation Type and Condition The proposal is at variance GHD Survey 2 (2012, cleared if it comprises a high level of Broadscale vegetation mapping of the area undertaken by Beard (1979) with this principle. 2013, 2014); biological diversity. identified nine vegetation association mapped within the Study Areas. NatureMap (August, 205 Shrublands; Acacia sclerosperma & bowgada scrub; 2014); 208 Mosaic: Shrublands; Acacia sclerosperma & bowgada Threatened and Priority scrub/Shrublands; bowgada & grevillea scrub; Flora Databases; 221 Succulent steppe; saltbush; The WA Herbarium database (WAHerb); and 224 Shrublands; waterwood & Acacia victoriae scrub; EPBC Protected Matters 242 Succulent steppe with scrub; snakewood over saltbush; (August, 2014). 243 Shrublands; bowgada & minnieritchie scrub; 283 Shrublands; Acacia sclerosperma, bowgada & A. victoriae scrub; 308 Mosaic: Shrublands; Acacia sclerosperma sparse scrub / Succulent steppe; saltbush & bluebush; and 676 Mosaic: Shrublands; Acacia sclerosperma sparse scrub / Succulent steppe; saltbush & bluebush. These vegetation associations are all considered to be of Least Concern in extent. A total of eight vegetation types were identified within the Study Areas. The vegetation condition was rated between Excellent to Completely Degraded: Condition 2 (Excellent) 53.2 ha; Condition 3 (Very Good) 452.6 ha; Condition 4 (Good) 216.7 ha; Condition 5 (Degraded) 79 ha; and Condition 6 (Completely Degraded) 136.1 ha. Total Vascular Plant Taxa 141 flora taxa from 34 families were recorded in the Study Areas during the field survey. This total comprised 130 native taxa (92%) and 11 weed species (8%).
44 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
Principle Assessment Outcome Data sources
Priority Flora Two Priority 3 Flora taxa were recorded from the Study Areas: Acacia drepanophylla (Study Area 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5); and Acacia sclerosperma subsp. glaucescens (Study Area 3). A total of 1042 Acacia drepanophylla were recorded within the Study Areas 1 – 5. A total of 61 Acacia sclerosperma subsp. glaucescens were recorded within Study Area 3. Large numbers of these plants were recorded within the Study Areas immediately adjacent within the vicinity of the NWCH and in the local and regional area. GHD does not expect that MRWA will be able to avoid all locations of this plant. Discussion with the DPaW is recommended as GHD considers that this taxon is locally common within its range and the project works will not significantly impact on habitat or plant numbers. Total Fauna Taxa The reconnaissance survey recorded the following fauna: Six birds, four mammals and one reptile were recorded from Study Area 1, representing 15% of total species previously recorded from the area; Six birds and two mammals were recorded from Study Area 2, representing 10% of total species previously recorded from the area; Seven birds and three mammals were recorded from Study Area 3 representing 9% of total species previously recorded from the area; Four birds and two mammals were recorded from Study Area 4 representing 10% of total species previously recorded from the area; Five birds, three mammals and one reptiles were recorded from Study Area 5 representing 45% of total species previously recorded from the area; Seven birds and two mammals were recorded from Study Area 6 representing 14% of total species previously recorded from the area; Seven birds, one mammal and one reptile were recorded from Study Area 7, representing 15% of total species previously recorded from the area; and Six birds, three mammals and one reptile were recorded from Study Area 8, representing 6% of total species previously recorded from the area.
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 45
Principle Assessment Outcome Data sources
Six fauna habitat types, including cleared areas were described within the Study Areas. These habitats types largely align with the described vegetation associations and included: Acacia scrub on calcrete; Acacia scrub on loamy sands; Bare Surfaces; Chenopod Shrublands; Outcrops; and Degraded. All the fauna habitat types were considered well represented in the broader area. As discussed in Section 4.4.1 15% of known native fauna diversity was recorded in Study Area 1, 10% of known native fauna diversity was recorded in Study Area 2, 9% of known native fauna diversity was recorded in Study Area 3, 10% of known native fauna diversity was recorded in Study Area 4, 45% of known native fauna diversity was recorded in Study Area 5, 14% of known native fauna diversity was recorded in Study Area 6, 15% of known native fauna diversity was recorded in Study Area 7 and 6% of known native fauna diversity was recorded in Study Area 8. No Threatened (Declared Rare), conservation significant flora or fauna taxon, TECs or PECs were identified within the Study Areas.
46 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
Principle Assessment Outcome Data sources
(b) – Native vegetation should not be Desktop searches identified the presence/potential presence of 31 conservation The proposal is not likely GHD Survey (2014); cleared if it comprises the whole or a significant flora taxa within 10 km of the Study Areas, of which three species to be at variance with this NatureMap (October, part of, or is necessary for the were considered “Likely” to occur in the Study Areas, including: principle. 2014); and maintenance of, a significant habitat for Australian Bustard (Ardeotis australis Priority 4) - species habitat fauna indigenous to Western Australia. EPBC Protected Matters present in Study Area 8, however habitat is well represented in the local (October, 2014). and regional area; Common Greenshank (Tringa nebularia Ma; Mi) - Species habitat present within Study Area 4, however habitat is present in better condition within the local and regional area; and Rainbow Bee-eater (Merops ornatus, Ma, Mi) - Species habitat present within Study Area 4, however habitat is present in better condition within the local and regional area. The Study Areas largely comprised of Acacia scrubland over loamy soils and sometimes on calcrete. These vegetation types provided limited structural diversity and appeared being impacted by grazing. Small areas of outcrop were located along the ridgeline in Study Areas 3 and 5, however did not offer habitat in the form of caves. A low dune system of Acacia scrubland over loamy soils occurs in Study Area 7. Bare surface fauna habitat type was recorded in Study Area 4 and this was associated with the epithermal drainage channel immediately east. Chenop Shrubland was identified in Study Area 7. The bare ground and Chenopod Shrubland is considered to offer potential habitat for a number of marine and migratory species during seasonal flow. However, at the time of the survey no marine migratory species were recorded from the Study Areas. The habitat types in the Project Area are well represented in the areas adjacent to the Project Area and are broadly represented in the LGAs. GHD recommends MRWA avoids Chenopod Shrubland and Bareground habitat type. It is unlikely that the native vegetation and fauna habitat within the Study Areas is significant habitat for fauna indigenous to Western Australia.
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 47
Principle Assessment Outcome Data sources
(c) – Native vegetation should not be Presence The proposal is not likely GHD Survey (2014); cleared if it includes, or is necessary for Desktop searches of the EPBC Act PMST database (DotE 2014a), NatureMap to be at variance with this NatureMap (October, the continued existence of, rare flora. database (DPaW 2007–), DPaW Threatened and Priority Flora database principle. 2014); (TPFL) and Western Australian Herbarium database (WAHERB) identified EPBC Protected Matters Threatened flora listed under the EPBC Act and/or WC Act within 10 km of the (October, 2014); and Study Areas. The WA Herbarium Desktop searches identified three EPBC Act and WC Act listed flora within database (WAHerb). 10 km of the Study Areas. However, no habitat considered to be required for the continued existence of specific Threatened Flora is considered to be present in the Project Area. No EPBC Act and WC Act listed flora were recorded during the field survey.
(d) – Native vegetation should not be Desktop searches identified no TECs within 10 km of the Study Areas. No The proposal is not likely GHD Survey (2014); cleared if it comprises the whole or a vegetation associated with an Australian Government or State listed TEC was to be at variance with this NatureMap (October, part of, or is necessary for the identified within the Study Areas. principle. 2014); maintenance of, a threatened ecological The Study Areas occur within the buffer of one PEC associated with the NRM Slip, 2012; community. stromatolites of Hamelin Pool west of the Project Area. As the Project is entirely terrestrial in nature, this PEC will not be impacted. EPBC Protected Matters (October, 2014); and Beard, J.S. (1975).
(e) – Native vegetation should not be Broadscale vegetation mapping by Beard (1976) in the Project Area has been The proposal is not likely GHD Survey (2014); cleared if it is significant as a remnant of adapted and digitised by Shepherd et al. (2002). The extent of Beard’s (1975) at variance with this Statewide Vegetation native vegetation in an area that has vegetation associations have been determined by the state-wide vegetation principle. Statistics (Government been extensively cleared. remaining extent calculations maintained by the DPaW (latest update 2012 - of Western Australia, Government of Western Australia 2013). The remaining extents of the three 2012); and Beard (1975) Vegetation Association that has been mapped within the Study Areas is detailed below: GIS Database: 99.95 % of Beard Vegetation Association 205 remains at a State and – IBRA WA (Regions – 99.96% at bioregion and sub-region level (CAR2). 100% remains at a Sub regions); LGA level. Vegetation Association 433 is considered to be Least – Pre-European Concern at all levels); Vegetation. 99.04% of Beard Vegetation Association 221 remains at a State level. 99.92% remains at a bioregion and sub-region level (CAR2). 99.25% remains at a LGA level. Vegetation Association 221 is considered to be Least Concern at all levels; 100% of Beard Vegetation Association 208, 224, 242 and 283 remains at all levels. Vegetation Association 208, 224, 242 and 283 are considered to be Least Concern at all levels;
48 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
Principle Assessment Outcome Data sources
99.99% of Beard Vegetation Association 243 remains at a State level. 100% remains at a bioregion, sub-region and LGA level. Vegetation Association 243 is considered to be Least Concern at all levels; 99.20% of Beard Vegetation Association 308 remains at all levels. Vegetation Association 308 is considered to be Least Concern at all levels; and 95.18% of Beard Vegetation Association 676 remains at a State level. 98.56% remains at a bioregion level, 100% at a sub-region level and 97.63% at a LGA level. Vegetation Association 676 is considered to be Least Concern at all levels. The Study Areas is surrounded by largely intact native vegetation. Locally, the Study Area is well connected to the surrounding Area. At a regional scale the Study Areas are well connected to surrounding regional area. The Study Areas does not provide any significant linkages to remnant vegetation or is considered significant remnant.
(f) – Native vegetation should not be Desktop searches indicate that DoW-defined watercourses occur within Study The proposal is not likely GHD Survey (2014); cleared if it is growing in, or in Areas 3, 4, and 8 as “Watercourse - minor, non-perennial”. at variance with this The WA Herbarium association with, an environment These watercourses are ephemeral and will only flow during periods of heavy principle as locations of database (WAHerb); and associated with a watercourse or watercourses can be rain events. No flora taxa specifically associated with wetlands or watercourses NRM SLIP database. wetland. was recorded within the ephemeral watercourses at Sites 3 and 8. avoided.
There is a samphire (Tecticornia) dominated tributary of the Wooramel River that forms the eastern boundary of Study Area 4 (Meedo Road SLK 13). This location will not be impacted by the proposed works. No wetlands are located within the Project Area; however, the watercourse within Study Area 4 that forms a tributary of the Wooramel River is similar to a saline pan. This location will not be impacted by the proposed works.
(g) – Native vegetation should not be Soil Acidity The proposal is maybe at GHD Survey (2014); cleared if the clearing of the vegetation The Australian Soil Resource Information System (ASRIS) generally indicated variance with this principle. CSIRO ASRIS (August, is likely to cause appreciable land that there is Extremely Low Probability with Very Low Confidence of Acid Soils An ASS assessment may 2014); and degradation. occurring in all Study Areas. be required for Study NRM SLIP database. Area 3. The DER database indicates that there is a Moderate to Low ASS disturbance risk (<3m from the surface) at Study Area 3. These soils are considered to be of an elevated risk due to the proximity of saline areas of Shark Bay. GHD considers that the DER-mapped polygons are erroneous, as it includes upland areas associated with limestone/calcareous outcrops. GHD considers it unlikely that any portions of the Study Area have a risk of the presence of ASS.
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 49
Principle Assessment Outcome Data sources
However, a field ASS assessment may be required to accurately delineate the presence or absence of soils exhibiting ASS risk. Salinity The clearing of vegetation is not considered to significantly alter the hydrological balance and cause a change in the salinity in the Study Areas. However, MRWA are recommended to avoid the Chenopod Shrubland vegetation type within Study Area 4. Soil Degradation Risks The Project Area was assessed using the Department of Agriculture and Food NRM SLIP mapping portal to assess the risk of degradation to soil by wind and water. As the Project Area occurs outside the intensive land use zone of the south- west of WA, the area has not been mapped for soil degradation risks. GHD notes that the Project Area occurs within a location subject to strong prevailing winds (sea-breezes), and as such appropriate land management practices to minimise risks to wind erosion is recommended. Study Areas 3, 4 and 8 support DoW-defined ephemeral watercourses. During periods of high rainfall events, these may flow. GHD recommends minimal clearing of vegetation within these areas (where possible) and/or appropriate management to mitigate the risks of soil erosion by overland flow of water. (h) – Native vegetation should not be There are no DPaW conservation areas present within the Study Areas. The proposal is not likely GHD Survey (2014); cleared if the clearing of the vegetation A portion of the DPaW-managed (former) pastoral station (ex-Yaringa) occurs at variance with this NatureMap (August, is likely to have an impact on the west of the North West Coastal Highway within the vicinity of Study Area 3 principle. 2014); environmental values of any adjacent or (SLK 328) and 6 (SLK 340). nearby conservation area. EPBC Protected Matters These pit areas are unlikely to have any impact on the adjacent conservation (August, 2014); and area due to the contiguous vegetation within the Project Area. DPaW Tenure. (i) – Native vegetation should not be Catchment Areas The proposal is not likely GHD Biological Survey cleared if the clearing of the vegetation No proclaimed Public Drinking Water Supply Catchment occurs within 10 km of to be at variance with this (2014); is likely to cause deterioration in the the Study Areas. principle. NRM SLIP database; quality of surface or underground water. Groundwater and There are existing Artesian Bores within Study Areas 3 (three bores). Water Public Drinking Water Quality (after DoW, 2007) indicates that the salinity of these bores ranges from Source Areas 4,000 to 10,000 TDS. The clearing of vegetation is not considered to cause an (PDWSAs). alteration to the existing quality of groundwater in or adjacent to the Project Area.
50 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
Principle Assessment Outcome Data sources Discussion with the DoW as to continued use of these bores is recommended.
Surface Water The clearing of vegetation is not considered to cause alteration to the quality of surface water in and adjacent to the Project Area. Incident rainfall within the Project Area is very low and the clearing of vegetation is not considered significantly alter runoff coefficients of the existing soil types. However, MRWA are recommended to avoid the Chenopod Shrubland vegetation type.
(j) – Native vegetation should not be The Study Areas lies within the Gascoyne and Wooramel River catchment area. The proposal is not likely GHD Biological Survey cleared if clearing the vegetation is likely The Gascoyne River has a catchment area of 7,625,400 ha; and the Wooramel to be at variance with this (2014); to cause, or exacerbate, the incidence of River has a catchment of 4,050,000 ha . The Study Areas (937 ha) comprises a principle. flooding. very small extent of this catchment and is not likely to influence the potential DoW Databases; and flooding or waterlogging of the catchment areas. Incident rainfall within the NRM SLIP soil erosion Project Area is very low and the clearing of vegetation is not considered considerations. significantly alter runoff coefficients of the existing soil types. Given that the Impact Area is small and the proposed clearing for the Project is unlikely to cause or exacerbate the incidence of flooding or localised waterlogging.
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 51
6. Recommendations
6.1 Management and Rehabilitation Impacts on flora and fauna values should be avoided and minimised wherever possible. Potential management measures are detailed in Table 25; however these measures are broad in scope. Further impact assessment and the preparation of specific management plans will be required to ensure impact on ecological aspects is minimised.
Table 25 Proposed Management Measures
Factor Proposed Management Measures
Vegetation and Flora Selection of design that minimises direct and indirect impacts on native vegetation and habitat in the Project Area. A Revegetation Plan will be prepared prior to construction to minimise impacts and determine the rehabilitation of remaining areas. Use of Priority Flora taxa in rehabilitation programs is considered to minimise the disturbance to the existing population of these plants within the Study Areas. Enable the retention of as much vegetated areas as possible. Minimise the risk of weed introduction and spread in the project areas and adjacent native vegetation. Manage weeds in areas disturbed during construction and adjacent to the road. Weed management will follow actions outlined in the Revegetation Plan. Plan and develop storage sites, laydown areas, hardstands and other areas which require clear space to occur within areas which are already cleared or otherwise disturbed. Determine adequate topsoil management in order to enhance revegetation success and minimise erosion and the spread of weeds. Fauna Avoid impacts to existing limestone/calcareous outcrops where possible. Minimise the impact to native fauna species. No pets, traps or firearms will be allowed on the project site. Any animals disturbed by the works should be allowed to leave the site before further works occur. Removal of any fauna from the project area will only be undertaken by a suitably qualified and licenced person. No native fauna (including venomous snakes) will be impaired or killed by construction personnel. Fauna can only be destroyed as a last resort by a designated and trained person. Any trenched or open excavations will be checked daily for fauna and any fauna will be removed as soon as possible without damage to the animal.
52 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
7. Conclusions
7.1 Conclusions In summary, the following conclusions on environmental aspects were made: No conservation areas occur within the Project Area. No conservation areas (e.g. DPaW- managed ex-Yaringa Station adjacent to SLK 328) will be impacted by the proposed works; The Project Area does not fall within any Environmentally Sensitive Area; Assessment of risks to soil degradation indicates that there is a risk of the presence of Acid Sulphate Soils within Study Area 3. GHD considers that an ASS assessment within this area may be required; No EPBC Act or WC Act Listed TECs occur within the Project Area; Study Areas 2, 3, 5 and 6 fall within the buffer of a PEC associated with Hamelin Pool Stromatolites. This PEC will not be impacted by the proposed works; DoW-defined ephemeral watercourses are considered to be present within Study Areas 3, 4 and 8. Vegetation within Study Area 3 and 8 does not contain flora taxa considered to be associated with a watercourse or wetland. Study Area 4 contains vegetation considered to be associated with a wetland or watercourse. GHD considers that impacts to this vegetation within Study Area can be avoided.
The Project Area falls outside the area known to be at risk to impacts by Dieback; Vegetation Associations within the Project Area are considered to be of Least Concern. A total of eight vegetation types were recorded within the Project Area.
Two Priority Flora taxa were recorded during the field assessment: – Acacia drepanophylla (Priority 3) – recorded in Study Areas 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; – Acacia sclerosperma subsp. glaucescens (Priority 3) – recorded in Study Area 3. – GHD notes that large numbers of these taxa were recorded within and adjacent to these Study Areas. GHD further notes that locations of these taxa cannot be avoided as part of potential clearing of vegetation. Discussion with the DPaW is advised; No conservation significant fauna were recorded within the Project Area; Habitat for three widespread conservation significant fauna taxa (Australian Bustard – Priority 4; Common Greenshank – Marine, Migratory; and Rainbow Bee-eater – Marine; Migratory) is present within the Project Area. This habitat is widespread in the local and regional area. The project has been assessed against the ten clearing principles and found to be at variance with Principle (a) – for Study Areas 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 due to the presence of Priority Flora taxa; The project has been assessed against the ten clearing principles and found to be maybe at variance with Principle (g) – for Study Area 3 due to the risk of the presence of Acid Sulphate Soils within this area.
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 53
8. References
Beard, J.S. (1974), Vegetation Survey of Western Australia – 1:250,000. The Vegetation of the Shark Bay & Edel, Western Australia. Bureau of Meteorology (BoM) (2014a) Summary Statistics Hamelin Pool. Retrieved from: http://www.bom.gov.au/climate/averages/tables/cw_006025.shtml Bureau of Meteorology (BoM) (2014b). Daily rainfall Hamelin Station. Retrieved from: http://www.bom.gov.au/jsp/ncc/cdio/weatherData/av?p_nccObsCode=136&p_display_ty pe=dailyDataFile&p_startYear=2014&p_c=-7441992&p_stn_num=006026 Chapman, A.R. and B.R. Maslin (1992). Acacia Miscellany 5. A review of the A. bivenosa group (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae: section Phyllodineae). Nuytsia 8: 249-283. CSIRO (2009). Australian Soil Resource Information System. Retrieved from http://www.asris.csiro.au/index_ie.html Department of Environment and Conservation (DEC) (2009). January 2009. Draft Treatment and management of soils and water in acid sulphate soil landscapes. Acid Sulfate Soils Guideline Series. Department of Environment Regulations (DER) (2014) Native Vegetation Map Viewer. Retrieved from: http://maps.dec.wa.gov.au/idelve/nv/index.jsp Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) (2007-), ‘NatureMap: Mapping Western Australia’s biodiversity’, Department of Parks and Wildlife. Retrieved from http://NatureMap.dec.wa.gov.au/default.aspx. Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW), (2014a). List of Threatened Ecological Communities (endorsed by the Minister – July 2007).
Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW), (1998-) Western Australian Herbarium – Florabase. Retireved from: http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/ Department of the Environment (DotE), (2014a) Protected Matter Search Tool (PMST).
Department of the Environment (DotE), (2014b) Species Profile and Threats Database. Retrieved from: http://www.environment.gov.au/cgi-bin/sprat/public/publicspecies.pl Department of Water (DoW) (2014) Geographic data atlas.
Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) (2004a). Guidance Statement No. 51: Vegetation and Flora Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment in Western Australia. EPA, Perth Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) (2004b). Guidance Statement No. 56: Terrestrial Fauna Surveys for Impact Assessment in Western Australia. EPA, Perth. GHD Pty Ltd (2012). Report for Preliminary Environmental Impact Assessment: 26th Parallel Sign SLK 328, Tropic of Capricorn Sign SLK 666, Strategic Material Pit SLK 772, SLK 918, SLK 934 and SLK 950. Unpublished Report for Main Roads Western Australia, December 2012. GHD Pty Ltd (2013). Overlander Roadhouse, North West Coastal Highway, SLK 280.7 to 281.6 – Biological Survey. Unpublished Report for Main Roads Western Australia, November 2013. GHD Pty Ltd (2014a). Shark Bay Road and Useless Loop Road Strategic Material Areas – Targeted Flora Survey. Unpublished Report for Main Roads Western Australia, February 2014.
54 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
GHD Pty Ltd (2014b). Woodleigh Road-Byro Road Material Area – Biological Survey. Unpublished Report for Main Roads Western Australia, March 2014. Government of Western Australia (WA) (2014) Shared Land Information Portal. SLIP Enabler. Vegetation Statistics (Department of Environment and Conservation). Retrieved from: https://www2.landgate.wa.gov.au/web/guest/downloader Keighery, B.J (1994) Bushland Plant Survey: A Guide to Plant Community Survey for the Community, Wildflower Society of WA (Inc.), Western Australia, Nedlands Desmond A. and Chant A. (2001) Carnarvon 2 (CAR2 – Wooramel subregion), A Biodiversity Audit of Western Australia’s 53 Biogeographical Subregions in 2002. Shepherd, DP, Beeston, GR, and Hopkins, AJM 2002, ‘Native Vegetation in Western Australia – Extent, Type and Status’, Resource Management Technical Report 249, Perth, Department of Agriculture, Western Australia. Tille, P. (2006) Resource Management Technical Report 313, Soil-landscapes of Western Australia Rangelands and Arid Interior. December 2006. Department of Agriculture and Food, Government of Western Australia. Australian Government Department of Sustainability, Environment, Water, Population and Communities (DSEWPaC) (2012) EPBC Act referral guidelines for three threatened black cockatoo species. Western Australian Land Information Authority (WA) (2007-) Shared Land Information Platform. Accessed from: https://www2.landgate.wa.gov.au/web/guest/home
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 55
Figures
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 56 150,000 200,000 250,000
EXMOUTH Locality Map
CORAL BAY SLK 460.9
CARNARVON
DENHAM
KALBARRI
Indian Ocean GERALDTON 7,200,000 7,200,000
SLK 13 7,150,000 7,150,000 SLK 23
SLK 345
SLK 340
SLK 328 7,100,000 7,100,000
SLK 294.7
SLK 285.4
150,000 200,000 250,000 LEGEND
Study Area
61-31372 Paper size : A3 Main Roads Western Australia Job Number Revision 0 02.5 5 10 15 20 25 MRWA ETS BDS Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern Date 27 Nov 2014 Kilometres Biological Surveys 2014 Map Projection: Transverse Mercator Horizontal Datum: Geocentric Datum of Australia Grid: Map Grid of Australia 1994, Zone 50 o Project Area Locality Figure 1 G:\61\31372\GIS\Maps\Working\6131372_G001_Rev0.mxd 239 Adelaide Terrace Perth WA 6004 Australia T 61 8 6222 8222 F 61 8 6222 8555 E [email protected] W www.ghd.com.au © 2014. Whilst every care has been taken to prepare this map, GHD, Main Roads Western Australia and Landgate make no representations or warranties about its accuracy, reliability, completeness or suitability for any particular purpose and cannot accept liability and responsibility of any kind (whether in contract, tort or otherwise) for any expenses, losses, damages and/or costs (including indirect or consequential damage) which are or may be incurred by any party as a result of the map being inaccurate, incomplete or unsuitable in any way and for any reason. Data source: Landgate: Travellers Atlas - 20141006; GHD: Study Area - 20141006. Created by: vdinh, jbmonteignies *#
150,000 200,000 250,000
MeeragooliaRd Car nar von - M ulle wa Rd SLK 460.9
lagiddy - Marron
Cal Rd
d
R
h t
B r u o
s N h o B E g a lla l y V e a alla inderi R b R - W d l d a Y 7,200,000 7,200,000
Edaggee - Wahroonga Rd
North West Coastal Hwy
Wooramel River
d
R e e b im - P SLK 13 o d e e M
7,150,000 7,150,000
#
# #
# #
# # #
#
# SLK 23
#
#
#
#
#
# # #
#
#
# #
#
#
# #
SLK 345#
# Monkey Mia #
# #
# #
SLK 340
#
# *# # # #
*#*# *# #
*# # e Rd *#
Gladston *#*#*# #
# SLK 328 # *# #
*#*#*## # # *#*#
#*# # # *
*#*#*#*# #
#
*# # *# # #
# *# *# #
# Woodleigh Rd # *# *# *# # *#
*# # # *#*# # Rd East Woodleigh *# # *# # # d *#*#*# *# * # *##*# R *#*#*#*# *# *# Carbla *#*#*#*#
# *# 7,100,000 *# *# *# 7,100,000 # *#Woodleigh - Byro Rd Shark # Bay *# *# *# *# *# #
*# # # *# *# # *#*#*# *# *#*# # *# *# SLK 294.7 #
# # *# # *#* # *# *#*# # # *# *# # SLK 285.4 # #
# *# *# *# *# # # *# *# *#*# # *#*#*# *# # *# *#*#*# *# *#*#*#*# *# *# *# *##*# *## *# # *#*#*# *#*#*# *# # #
# # 150,000 200,000 *# 250,000 # *# # LEGEND *# *# # *#*# # # Road *# # DPaW Estate Threatened (Declared*# Rare) and Priority Flora *# Priority 2 - Poorly Known Taxa *#*# Acid Sulfate Risk Mapping # *# # Drainage Line High to moderate ASS disturbance risk (<3m from surface) Study Area *# (T) Threatened#*#*# Flora - Extant Taxa Priority 3 - Poorly Known Taxa *# *# # *# *# # *#*#
*#*#*#Shark*#*# Bay World Heritage Moderate to low ASS disturbance# risk (<3m from surface) Priority 1 - Poorly Known Taxa *# # # *# *# *# Priority 4 - Rare Taxa *#*# # *# *# *### Priority Ecological Community # *#*# # # # # # # # # Main Roads Western Australia Job Number 61-31372 Paper size : A3 #**# *# # # # * *#*#*#*# # # Revision 0 02.5 5 10 15 20 25 *#*#*#*#*#*# MRWA ETS BDS Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern Date 27 Nov 2014 Kilometres *# Biological Surveys 2014 Map Projection: Transverse Mercator Horizontal Datum: Geocentric Datum of Australia Grid: Map Grid of Australia 1994, Zone 50 o Environmental Constraints Figure 2 G:\61\31372\GIS\Maps\Working\6131372_G002_Rev0.mxd 239 Adelaide Terrace Perth WA 6004 Australia T 61 8 6222 8222 F 61 8 6222 8555 E [email protected] W www.ghd.com.au © 2014. Whilst every care has been taken to prepare this map, GA, GHD, DPaW, DotE, DEC, MRWA, DoW and Landgate make no representations or warranties about its accuracy, reliability, completeness or suitability for any particular purpose and cannot accept liability and responsibility of any kind (whether in contract, tort or otherwise) for any expenses, losses, damages and/or costs (including indirect or consequential damage) which are or may be incurred by any party as a result of the map being inaccurate, incomplete or unsuitable in any way and for any reason. Data source: GA: Landsat 7 Satellite Image of Australia - 2002; DotE: Shark Bay World Heritage - 20130927; DPaW: DPaW Estate - 20131127, Threatened and Priority Flora - 20131007 / 20131112, Priority Ecological Community - 20141008; GHD: Study Area - 20141006, Priority Flora - 20120705 / 20131031 / 20131022 / 20131104 / 20140221; MRWA: Roads - 20141020; DEC: Acid Sulfate Soil - 20141006; Landgate: Drainage Line - 20141006; DoW: Drainage Line - 20141120. Created by: vdinh, mczekaj, jbmonteignies 244,000 245,000 246,000 7,081,000 7,081,000
2 7,080,000 7,080,000 Q01 ") NORTH W EST COASTAL HWY
1 2 SLK 285.4
2 Q02 ") 7,079,000 7,079,000
244,000 245,000 246,000 LEGEND
") Quadrat Vegetation Type VT5 : M ixed Acacia Scrub on Sandy Loam s with Gravelly soils
Study Area VT1 : M ixed Acacia Scrub on Loamy Sands VT6 : Cleared Ground e.g. pits, tracks etc.
VT2 : M ixed Acacia Scrub on Rocky Calcareous Soils VT7 : Low Chenopod Shrublands with Scattered Em ergent Shrubs
VT3 : Snakewood Shrublands over Chenopod Shrubs VT8 : Salt Lakes, Bare Ground
VT4 : Low Acacia Shrublands over Chenopods
Job Number 61-31372 Paper size : A3 Main Roads Western Australia Revision 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 MRWA ETS BDS Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern Date 27 Nov 2014 Metres Biological Surveys 2014 Map 1 of 8 Map Projection: Transverse Mercator Horizontal Datum: Geocentric Datum of Australia Grid: Map Grid of Australia 1994 Z one 50 o Vegetation Type : NWCH SLK 285.4 Figure 3 G:\61\31372\GIS\Maps\Working\6131372_G005_Rev0.mxd 239 Adelaide Terrace Perth WA 6004 Australia T 61 8 6222 8222 F 61 8 6222 8555 E [email protected] W www.ghd.com.au © 2014. Whils t every care has been taken to pr epar e this m ap, G HD, M ain Roads Wes tern Aus tralia and Landgate m ake no representations or warranties about its acc uracy , reliability , com pleteness or suitability for any particular purpose and c annot ac cept liability and res pons ibility of any k ind (whether in contrac t, tor t or otherwise) for any expenses , loss es, dam ages and/or c osts ( inc luding indirec t or consequential dam age) whic h ar e or may be incurr ed by any party as a r es ult of the map being inac curate, inc omplete or uns uitable in any way and for any reason. Data source: Landgate: Virtual Mosaic - 20141031; GHD: Study Area - 20141006, Vegetation Type - 20141031; Quadrat - 20141113. Created by: vdinh, jbmonteignies 241,000 242,000 7,090,000 7,090,000
NORTH W EST COASTAL HWY
Q06 ")
2 7,089,000 7,089,000
3 2 Q05 ") SLK 294.7
Q04 ")
Q03 ") 7,088,000 7,088,000
241,000 242,000 LEGEND
") Quadrat Vegetation Type VT5 : M ixed Acacia Scrub on Sandy Loam s with Gravelly soils
Study Area VT1 : M ixed Acacia Scrub on Loamy Sands VT6 : Cleared Ground e.g. pits, tracks etc.
VT2 : M ixed Acacia Scrub on Rocky Calcareous Soils VT7 : Low Chenopod Shrublands with Scattered Em ergent Shrubs
VT3 : Snakewood Shrublands over Chenopod Shrubs VT8 : Salt Lakes, Bare Ground
VT4 : Low Acacia Shrublands over Chenopods
Job Number 61-31372 Paper size : A3 Main Roads Western Australia Revision 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 MRWA ETS BDS Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern Date 27 Nov 2014 Metres Biological Surveys 2014 Map 2 of 8 Map Projection: Transverse Mercator Horizontal Datum: Geocentric Datum of Australia Grid: Map Grid of Australia 1994 Z one 50 o Vegetation Type : NWCH SLK 294.7 Figure 3 G:\61\31372\GIS\Maps\Working\6131372_G005_Rev0.mxd 239 Adelaide Terrace Perth WA 6004 Australia T 61 8 6222 8222 F 61 8 6222 8555 E [email protected] W www.ghd.com.au © 2014. Whils t every care has been taken to pr epar e this m ap, G HD, M ain Roads Wes tern Aus tralia and Landgate m ake no representations or warranties about its acc uracy , reliability , com pleteness or suitability for any particular purpose and c annot ac cept liability and res pons ibility of any k ind (whether in contrac t, tor t or otherwise) for any expenses , loss es, dam ages and/or c osts ( inc luding indirec t or consequential dam age) whic h ar e or may be incurr ed by any party as a r es ult of the map being inac curate, inc omplete or uns uitable in any way and for any reason. Data source: Landgate: Virtual Mosaic - 20141031; GHD: Study Area - 20141006, Vegetation Type - 20141031; Quadrat - 20141113. Created by: vdinh, jbmonteignies 230,000 231,000 232,000
3 7,122,000 7,122,000
2
2 5
3 6
2 Q08 Q07 ") ")
SLK 328 5 2 7,121,000 7,121,000
NORTH W EST COASTAL HWY Q09 ") 4
Q12 ")
Q11 ") Q10 ") 2 7,120,000 7,120,000
230,000 231,000 232,000 LEGEND
") Quadrat Vegetation Type VT5 : M ixed Acacia Scrub on Sandy Loam s with Gravelly soils
Study Area VT1 : M ixed Acacia Scrub on Loamy Sands VT6 : Cleared Ground e.g. pits, tracks etc.
VT2 : M ixed Acacia Scrub on Rocky Calcareous Soils VT7 : Low Chenopod Shrublands with Scattered Em ergent Shrubs
VT3 : Snakewood Shrublands over Chenopod Shrubs VT8 : Salt Lakes, Bare Ground
VT4 : Low Acacia Shrublands over Chenopods
Job Number 61-31372 Paper size : A3 Main Roads Western Australia Revision 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 MRWA ETS BDS Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern Date 27 Nov 2014 Metres Biological Surveys 2014 Map 3 of 8 Map Projection: Transverse Mercator Horizontal Datum: Geocentric Datum of Australia Grid: Map Grid of Australia 1994 Z one 50 o Vegetation Type : NWCH SLK 328 Figure 3 G:\61\31372\GIS\Maps\Working\6131372_G005_Rev0.mxd 239 Adelaide Terrace Perth WA 6004 Australia T 61 8 6222 8222 F 61 8 6222 8555 E [email protected] W www.ghd.com.au © 2014. Whils t every care has been taken to pr epar e this m ap, G HD, M ain Roads Wes tern Aus tralia and Landgate m ake no representations or warranties about its acc uracy , reliability , com pleteness or suitability for any particular purpose and c annot ac cept liability and res pons ibility of any k ind (whether in contrac t, tor t or otherwise) for any expenses , loss es, dam ages and/or c osts ( inc luding indirec t or consequential dam age) whic h ar e or may be incurr ed by any party as a r es ult of the map being inac curate, inc omplete or uns uitable in any way and for any reason. Data source: Landgate: Virtual Mosaic - 20141031; GHD: Study Area - 20141006, Vegetation Type - 20141031; Quadrat - 20141113. Created by: vdinh, jbmonteignies 230,000 231,000 7,133,000 7,133,000 7,132,000 7,132,000
NORTH ESTW COASTAL HWY
3
SLK 340 Q13 ") 7,131,000 7,131,000 7,130,000 7,130,000
230,000 231,000 LEGEND
") Quadrat Vegetation Type VT5 : M ixed Acacia Scrub on Sandy Loam s with Gravelly soils
Study Area VT1 : M ixed Acacia Scrub on Loamy Sands VT6 : Cleared Ground e.g. pits, tracks etc.
VT2 : M ixed Acacia Scrub on Rocky Calcareous Soils VT7 : Low Chenopod Shrublands with Scattered Em ergent Shrubs
VT3 : Snakewood Shrublands over Chenopod Shrubs VT8 : Salt Lakes, Bare Ground
VT4 : Low Acacia Shrublands over Chenopods
Job Number 61-31372 Paper size : A3 Main Roads Western Australia Revision 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 MRWA ETS BDS Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern Date 27 Nov 2014 Metres Biological Surveys 2014 Map 4 of 8 Map Projection: Transverse Mercator Horizontal Datum: Geocentric Datum of Australia Grid: Map Grid of Australia 1994 Z one 50 o Vegetation Type : NWCH SLK 340 Figure 3 G:\61\31372\GIS\Maps\Working\6131372_G005_Rev0.mxd 239 Adelaide Terrace Perth WA 6004 Australia T 61 8 6222 8222 F 61 8 6222 8555 E [email protected] W www.ghd.com.au © 2014. Whils t every care has been taken to pr epar e this m ap, G HD, M ain Roads Wes tern Aus tralia and Landgate m ake no representations or warranties about its acc uracy , reliability , com pleteness or suitability for any particular purpose and c annot ac cept liability and res pons ibility of any k ind (whether in contrac t, tor t or otherwise) for any expenses , loss es, dam ages and/or c osts ( inc luding indirec t or consequential dam age) whic h ar e or may be incurr ed by any party as a r es ult of the map being inac curate, inc omplete or uns uitable in any way and for any reason. Data source: Landgate: Virtual Mosaic - 20141031; GHD: Study Area - 20141006, Vegetation Type - 20141031; Quadrat - 20141113. Created by: vdinh, jbmonteignies 229,000 230,000 231,000 7,138,000 7,138,000 7,137,000 7,137,000
1
3
Q14 ") 6 SLK 345 5
1
1 1 7,136,000 7,136,000 7,135,000 7,135,000
229,000 230,000 231,000 LEGEND
") Quadrat Vegetation Type VT5 : M ixed Acacia Scrub on Sandy Loam s with Gravelly soils
Study Area VT1 : M ixed Acacia Scrub on Loamy Sands VT6 : Cleared Ground e.g. pits, tracks etc.
VT2 : M ixed Acacia Scrub on Rocky Calcareous Soils VT7 : Low Chenopod Shrublands with Scattered Em ergent Shrubs
VT3 : Snakewood Shrublands over Chenopod Shrubs VT8 : Salt Lakes, Bare Ground
VT4 : Low Acacia Shrublands over Chenopods
Job Number 61-31372 Paper size : A3 Main Roads Western Australia Revision 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 MRWA ETS BDS Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern Date 27 Nov 2014 Metres Biological Surveys 2014 Map 5 of 8 Map Projection: Transverse Mercator Horizontal Datum: Geocentric Datum of Australia Grid: Map Grid of Australia 1994 Z one 50 o Vegetation Type : NWCH SLK 345 Figure 3 G:\61\31372\GIS\Maps\Working\6131372_G005_Rev0.mxd 239 Adelaide Terrace Perth WA 6004 Australia T 61 8 6222 8222 F 61 8 6222 8555 E [email protected] W www.ghd.com.au © 2014. Whils t every care has been taken to pr epar e this m ap, G HD, M ain Roads Wes tern Aus tralia and Landgate m ake no representations or warranties about its acc uracy , reliability , com pleteness or suitability for any particular purpose and c annot ac cept liability and res pons ibility of any k ind (whether in contrac t, tor t or otherwise) for any expenses , loss es, dam ages and/or c osts ( inc luding indirec t or consequential dam age) whic h ar e or may be incurr ed by any party as a r es ult of the map being inac curate, inc omplete or uns uitable in any way and for any reason. Data source: Landgate: Virtual Mosaic - 20141031; GHD: Study Area - 20141006, Vegetation Type - 20141031; Quadrat - 20141113. Created by: vdinh, jbmonteignies 173,000 174,000 175,000 7,235,000 7,235,000
7
Q16 ") 1 Q15 ")
Q17 ")
Q18 ")
7
SLK 460.9 7,234,000 7,234,000
6
NORTH W EST COASTAL HWY 7,233,000 7,233,000
173,000 174,000 175,000 LEGEND
") Quadrat Vegetation Type VT5 : M ixed Acacia Scrub on Sandy Loam s with Gravelly soils
Study Area VT1 : M ixed Acacia Scrub on Loamy Sands VT6 : Cleared Ground e.g. pits, tracks etc.
VT2 : M ixed Acacia Scrub on Rocky Calcareous Soils VT7 : Low Chenopod Shrublands with Scattered Em ergent Shrubs
VT3 : Snakewood Shrublands over Chenopod Shrubs VT8 : Salt Lakes, Bare Ground
VT4 : Low Acacia Shrublands over Chenopods
Job Number 61-31372 Paper size : A3 Main Roads Western Australia Revision 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 MRWA ETS BDS Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern Date 27 Nov 2014 Metres Biological Surveys 2014 Map 6 of 8 Map Projection: Transverse Mercator Horizontal Datum: Geocentric Datum of Australia Grid: Map Grid of Australia 1994 Z one 50 o Vegetation Type : NWCH SLK 460.9 Figure 3 G:\61\31372\GIS\Maps\Working\6131372_G005_Rev0.mxd 239 Adelaide Terrace Perth WA 6004 Australia T 61 8 6222 8222 F 61 8 6222 8555 E [email protected] W www.ghd.com.au © 2014. Whils t every care has been taken to pr epar e this m ap, G HD, M ain Roads Wes tern Aus tralia and Landgate m ake no representations or warranties about its acc uracy , reliability , com pleteness or suitability for any particular purpose and c annot ac cept liability and res pons ibility of any k ind (whether in contrac t, tor t or otherwise) for any expenses , loss es, dam ages and/or c osts ( inc luding indirec t or consequential dam age) whic h ar e or may be incurr ed by any party as a r es ult of the map being inac curate, inc omplete or uns uitable in any way and for any reason. Data source: Landgate: Virtual Mosaic - 20141031; GHD: Study Area - 20141006, Vegetation Type - 20141031; Quadrat - 20141113. Created by: vdinh, jbmonteignies 248,000 249,000 250,000 7,150,000 7,150,000
Q19 ") 3 Q20
")1 2
6
2 Q21 SLK 23 ")
7,149,000 1 7,149,000
Q22 ") 7,148,000 7,148,000
248,000 249,000 250,000 LEGEND
") Quadrat Vegetation Type VT5 : M ixed Acacia Scrub on Sandy Loam s with Gravelly soils
Study Area VT1 : M ixed Acacia Scrub on Loamy Sands VT6 : Cleared Ground e.g. pits, tracks etc.
VT2 : M ixed Acacia Scrub on Rocky Calcareous Soils VT7 : Low Chenopod Shrublands with Scattered Em ergent Shrubs
VT3 : Snakewood Shrublands over Chenopod Shrubs VT8 : Salt Lakes, Bare Ground
VT4 : Low Acacia Shrublands over Chenopods
Job Number 61-31372 Paper size : A3 Main Roads Western Australia Revision 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 MRWA ETS BDS Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern Date 27 Nov 2014 Metres Biological Surveys 2014 Map 7 of 8 Map Projection: Transverse Mercator Horizontal Datum: Geocentric Datum of Australia Grid: Map Grid of Australia 1994 Z one 50 o Vegetation Type : Meedo Rd SLK 23 Figure 3 G:\61\31372\GIS\Maps\Working\6131372_G005_Rev0.mxd 239 Adelaide Terrace Perth WA 6004 Australia T 61 8 6222 8222 F 61 8 6222 8555 E [email protected] W www.ghd.com.au © 2014. Whils t every care has been taken to pr epar e this m ap, G HD, M ain Roads Wes tern Aus tralia and Landgate m ake no representations or warranties about its acc uracy , reliability , com pleteness or suitability for any particular purpose and c annot ac cept liability and res pons ibility of any k ind (whether in contrac t, tor t or otherwise) for any expenses , loss es, dam ages and/or c osts ( inc luding indirec t or consequential dam age) whic h ar e or may be incurr ed by any party as a r es ult of the map being inac curate, inc omplete or uns uitable in any way and for any reason. Data source: Landgate: Virtual Mosaic - 20141031; GHD: Study Area - 20141006, Vegetation Type - 20141031; Quadrat - 20141113. Created by: vdinh, jbmonteignies 238,000 239,000 240,000 7,151,000 7,151,000 7,150,000 7,150,000
2 7 SLK 13 8 3 Q25 ") 5
Q24 ") 7 8 7,149,000 7,149,000
238,000 239,000 240,000 LEGEND
") Quadrat Vegetation Type VT5 : M ixed Acacia Scrub on Sandy Loam s with Gravelly soils
Study Area VT1 : M ixed Acacia Scrub on Loamy Sands VT6 : Cleared Ground e.g. pits, tracks etc.
VT2 : M ixed Acacia Scrub on Rocky Calcareous Soils VT7 : Low Chenopod Shrublands with Scattered Em ergent Shrubs
VT3 : Snakewood Shrublands over Chenopod Shrubs VT8 : Salt Lakes, Bare Ground
VT4 : Low Acacia Shrublands over Chenopods
Job Number 61-31372 Paper size : A3 Main Roads Western Australia Revision 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 MRWA ETS BDS Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern Date 27 Nov 2014 Metres Biological Surveys 2014 Map 8 of 8 Map Projection: Transverse Mercator Horizontal Datum: Geocentric Datum of Australia Grid: Map Grid of Australia 1994 Z one 50 o Vegetation Type : Meedo Rd SLK 13 Figure 3 G:\61\31372\GIS\Maps\Working\6131372_G005_Rev0.mxd 239 Adelaide Terrace Perth WA 6004 Australia T 61 8 6222 8222 F 61 8 6222 8555 E [email protected] W www.ghd.com.au © 2014. Whils t every care has been taken to pr epar e this m ap, G HD, M ain Roads Wes tern Aus tralia and Landgate m ake no representations or warranties about its acc uracy , reliability , com pleteness or suitability for any particular purpose and c annot ac cept liability and res pons ibility of any k ind (whether in contrac t, tor t or otherwise) for any expenses , loss es, dam ages and/or c osts ( inc luding indirec t or consequential dam age) whic h ar e or may be incurr ed by any party as a r es ult of the map being inac curate, inc omplete or uns uitable in any way and for any reason. Data source: Landgate: Virtual Mosaic - 20141031; GHD: Study Area - 20141006, Vegetation Type - 20141031; Quadrat - 20141113. Created by: vdinh, jbmonteignies 244,000 245,000 246,000 7,081,000 7,081,000
4 7,080,000 7,080,000
NORTH W EST COASTAL HWY
SLK 285.4
2 7,079,000 7,079,000
244,000 245,000 246,000 LEGEND
Study Area Vegetation Condition 2-3 Excellent to Very Good 4-5 Good to Degraded
1. Pristine or Nearly so 3. Very Good 5. Degraded
1-2 Pristine or Nearly so to Excellent 3-4 Very Good to Good 5-6 Degraded to Completely Degraded
2. Excellent 4. Good 6. Completely Degraded
Job Number 61-31372 Paper size : A3 Main Roads Western Australia Revision 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 MRWA ETS BDS Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern Date 27 Nov 2014 Metres Biological Surveys 2014 Map 1 of 8 Map Projection: Transverse Mercator Horizontal Datum: Geocentric Datum of Australia Grid: Map Grid of Australia 1994 Z one 49 o Vegetation Condition : NWCH SLK 285.4 Figure 4 G:\61\31372\GIS\Maps\Working\6131372_G007_Rev0.mxd 239 Adelaide Terrace Perth WA 6004 Australia T 61 8 6222 8222 F 61 8 6222 8555 E [email protected] W www.ghd.com.au © 2014. Whils t every care has been taken to pr epar e this m ap, G HD, M ain Roads Wes tern Aus tralia and Landgate m ake no representations or warranties about its acc uracy , reliability , com pleteness or suitability for any particular purpose and c annot ac cept liability and res pons ibility of any k ind (whether in contrac t, tor t or otherwise) for any expenses , loss es, dam ages and/or c osts ( inc luding indirec t or consequential dam age) whic h ar e or may be incurr ed by any party as a r es ult of the map being inac curate, inc omplete or uns uitable in any way and for any reason. Data source: Landgate: Virtual Mosaic - 20141031; G HD: Study Area - 20141006, Vegetation Condition - 20141031. Created by: vdinh, jbmonteignies 241,000 242,000 7,090,000 7,090,000
NORTH W EST COASTAL HWY
3 7,089,000 7,089,000
SLK 294.7 7,088,000 7,088,000
241,000 242,000 LEGEND
Study Area Vegetation Condition 2-3 Excellent to Very Good 4-5 Good to Degraded
1. Pristine or Nearly so 3. Very Good 5. Degraded
1-2 Pristine or Nearly so to Excellent 3-4 Very Good to Good 5-6 Degraded to Completely Degraded
2. Excellent 4. Good 6. Completely Degraded
Job Number 61-31372 Paper size : A3 Main Roads Western Australia Revision 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 MRWA ETS BDS Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern Date 27 Nov 2014 Metres Biological Surveys 2014 Map 2 of 8 Map Projection: Transverse Mercator Horizontal Datum: Geocentric Datum of Australia Grid: Map Grid of Australia 1994 Z one 49 o Vegetation Condition : NWCH SLK 294.7 Figure 4 G:\61\31372\GIS\Maps\Working\6131372_G007_Rev0.mxd 239 Adelaide Terrace Perth WA 6004 Australia T 61 8 6222 8222 F 61 8 6222 8555 E [email protected] W www.ghd.com.au © 2014. Whils t every care has been taken to pr epar e this m ap, G HD, M ain Roads Wes tern Aus tralia and Landgate m ake no representations or warranties about its acc uracy , reliability , com pleteness or suitability for any particular purpose and c annot ac cept liability and res pons ibility of any k ind (whether in contrac t, tor t or otherwise) for any expenses , loss es, dam ages and/or c osts ( inc luding indirec t or consequential dam age) whic h ar e or may be incurr ed by any party as a r es ult of the map being inac curate, inc omplete or uns uitable in any way and for any reason. Data source: Landgate: Virtual Mosaic - 20141031; G HD: Study Area - 20141006, Vegetation Condition - 20141031. Created by: vdinh, jbmonteignies 230,000 231,000 232,000 7,122,000 7,122,000 4
5
5
6 5
5
4
SLK 328 7,121,000 7,121,000
4
NORTH W EST COASTAL HWY
3
5
4 7,120,000 7,120,000
230,000 231,000 232,000 LEGEND
Study Area Vegetation Condition 2-3 Excellent to Very Good 4-5 Good to Degraded
1. Pristine or Nearly so 3. Very Good 5. Degraded
1-2 Pristine or Nearly so to Excellent 3-4 Very Good to Good 5-6 Degraded to Completely Degraded
2. Excellent 4. Good 6. Completely Degraded
Job Number 61-31372 Paper size : A3 Main Roads Western Australia Revision 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 MRWA ETS BDS Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern Date 27 Nov 2014 Metres Biological Surveys 2014 Map 3 of 8 Map Projection: Transverse Mercator Horizontal Datum: Geocentric Datum of Australia Grid: Map Grid of Australia 1994 Z one 49 o Vegetation Condition : NWCH SLK 328 Figure 4 G:\61\31372\GIS\Maps\Working\6131372_G007_Rev0.mxd 239 Adelaide Terrace Perth WA 6004 Australia T 61 8 6222 8222 F 61 8 6222 8555 E [email protected] W www.ghd.com.au © 2014. Whils t every care has been taken to pr epar e this m ap, G HD, M ain Roads Wes tern Aus tralia and Landgate m ake no representations or warranties about its acc uracy , reliability , com pleteness or suitability for any particular purpose and c annot ac cept liability and res pons ibility of any k ind (whether in contrac t, tor t or otherwise) for any expenses , loss es, dam ages and/or c osts ( inc luding indirec t or consequential dam age) whic h ar e or may be incurr ed by any party as a r es ult of the map being inac curate, inc omplete or uns uitable in any way and for any reason. Data source: Landgate: Virtual Mosaic - 20141031; G HD: Study Area - 20141006, Vegetation Condition - 20141031. Created by: vdinh, jbmonteignies 230,000 231,000 7,133,000 7,133,000 7,132,000 7,132,000
NORTH ESTW COASTAL HWY
5 SLK 340 4 7,131,000 7,131,000 7,130,000 7,130,000
230,000 231,000 LEGEND
Study Area Vegetation Condition 2-3 Excellent to Very Good 4-5 Good to Degraded
1. Pristine or Nearly so 3. Very Good 5. Degraded
1-2 Pristine or Nearly so to Excellent 3-4 Very Good to Good 5-6 Degraded to Completely Degraded
2. Excellent 4. Good 6. Completely Degraded
Job Number 61-31372 Paper size : A3 Main Roads Western Australia Revision 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 MRWA ETS BDS Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern Date 27 Nov 2014 Metres Biological Surveys 2014 Map 4 of 8 Map Projection: Transverse Mercator Horizontal Datum: Geocentric Datum of Australia Grid: Map Grid of Australia 1994 Z one 49 o Vegetation Condition : NWCH SLK 340 Figure 4 G:\61\31372\GIS\Maps\Working\6131372_G007_Rev0.mxd 239 Adelaide Terrace Perth WA 6004 Australia T 61 8 6222 8222 F 61 8 6222 8555 E [email protected] W www.ghd.com.au © 2014. Whils t every care has been taken to pr epar e this m ap, G HD, M ain Roads Wes tern Aus tralia and Landgate m ake no representations or warranties about its acc uracy , reliability , com pleteness or suitability for any particular purpose and c annot ac cept liability and res pons ibility of any k ind (whether in contrac t, tor t or otherwise) for any expenses , loss es, dam ages and/or c osts ( inc luding indirec t or consequential dam age) whic h ar e or may be incurr ed by any party as a r es ult of the map being inac curate, inc omplete or uns uitable in any way and for any reason. Data source: Landgate: Virtual Mosaic - 20141031; G HD: Study Area - 20141006, Vegetation Condition - 20141031. Created by: vdinh, jbmonteignies 229,000 230,000 231,000 7,138,000 7,138,000 7,137,000 7,137,000
6 SLK 345
4 7,136,000 7,136,000 7,135,000 7,135,000
229,000 230,000 231,000 LEGEND
Study Area Vegetation Condition 2-3 Excellent to Very Good 4-5 Good to Degraded
1. Pristine or Nearly so 3. Very Good 5. Degraded
1-2 Pristine or Nearly so to Excellent 3-4 Very Good to Good 5-6 Degraded to Completely Degraded
2. Excellent 4. Good 6. Completely Degraded
Job Number 61-31372 Paper size : A3 Main Roads Western Australia Revision 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 MRWA ETS BDS Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern Date 27 Nov 2014 Metres Biological Surveys 2014 Map 5 of 8 Map Projection: Transverse Mercator Horizontal Datum: Geocentric Datum of Australia Grid: Map Grid of Australia 1994 Z one 49 o Vegetation Condition : NWCH SLK 345 Figure 4 G:\61\31372\GIS\Maps\Working\6131372_G007_Rev0.mxd 239 Adelaide Terrace Perth WA 6004 Australia T 61 8 6222 8222 F 61 8 6222 8555 E [email protected] W www.ghd.com.au © 2014. Whils t every care has been taken to pr epar e this m ap, G HD, M ain Roads Wes tern Aus tralia and Landgate m ake no representations or warranties about its acc uracy , reliability , com pleteness or suitability for any particular purpose and c annot ac cept liability and res pons ibility of any k ind (whether in contrac t, tor t or otherwise) for any expenses , loss es, dam ages and/or c osts ( inc luding indirec t or consequential dam age) whic h ar e or may be incurr ed by any party as a r es ult of the map being inac curate, inc omplete or uns uitable in any way and for any reason. Data source: Landgate: Virtual Mosaic - 20141031; G HD: Study Area - 20141006, Vegetation Condition - 20141031. Created by: vdinh, jbmonteignies 173,000 174,000 175,000 7,235,000 7,235,000
5
3
4
5
SLK 460.9 7,234,000 7,234,000
6
NORTH W EST COASTAL HWY 7,233,000 7,233,000
173,000 174,000 175,000 LEGEND
Study Area Vegetation Condition 2-3 Excellent to Very Good 4-5 Good to Degraded
1. Pristine or Nearly so 3. Very Good 5. Degraded
1-2 Pristine or Nearly so to Excellent 3-4 Very Good to Good 5-6 Degraded to Completely Degraded
2. Excellent 4. Good 6. Completely Degraded
Job Number 61-31372 Paper size : A3 Main Roads Western Australia Revision 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 MRWA ETS BDS Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern Date 27 Nov 2014 Metres Biological Surveys 2014 Map 6 of 8 Map Projection: Transverse Mercator Horizontal Datum: Geocentric Datum of Australia Grid: Map Grid of Australia 1994 Z one 49 o Vegetation Condition : NWCH SLK 460.9 Figure 4 G:\61\31372\GIS\Maps\Working\6131372_G007_Rev0.mxd 239 Adelaide Terrace Perth WA 6004 Australia T 61 8 6222 8222 F 61 8 6222 8555 E [email protected] W www.ghd.com.au © 2014. Whils t every care has been taken to pr epar e this m ap, G HD, M ain Roads Wes tern Aus tralia and Landgate m ake no representations or warranties about its acc uracy , reliability , com pleteness or suitability for any particular purpose and c annot ac cept liability and res pons ibility of any k ind (whether in contrac t, tor t or otherwise) for any expenses , loss es, dam ages and/or c osts ( inc luding indirec t or consequential dam age) whic h ar e or may be incurr ed by any party as a r es ult of the map being inac curate, inc omplete or uns uitable in any way and for any reason. Data source: Landgate: Virtual Mosaic - 20141031; G HD: Study Area - 20141006, Vegetation Condition - 20141031. Created by: vdinh, jbmonteignies 248,000 249,000 250,000 7,150,000 7,150,000
4
3
6
3
SLK 23 7,149,000 7,149,000 7,148,000 7,148,000
248,000 249,000 250,000 LEGEND
Study Area Vegetation Condition 2-3 Excellent to Very Good 4-5 Good to Degraded
1. Pristine or Nearly so 3. Very Good 5. Degraded
1-2 Pristine or Nearly so to Excellent 3-4 Very Good to Good 5-6 Degraded to Completely Degraded
2. Excellent 4. Good 6. Completely Degraded
Job Number 61-31372 Paper size : A3 Main Roads Western Australia Revision 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 MRWA ETS BDS Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern Date 27 Nov 2014 Metres Biological Surveys 2014 Map 7 of 8 Map Projection: Transverse Mercator Horizontal Datum: Geocentric Datum of Australia Grid: Map Grid of Australia 1994 Z one 49 o Vegetation Condition : Meedo Rd SLK 23 Figure 4 G:\61\31372\GIS\Maps\Working\6131372_G007_Rev0.mxd 239 Adelaide Terrace Perth WA 6004 Australia T 61 8 6222 8222 F 61 8 6222 8555 E [email protected] W www.ghd.com.au © 2014. Whils t every care has been taken to pr epar e this m ap, G HD, M ain Roads Wes tern Aus tralia and Landgate m ake no representations or warranties about its acc uracy , reliability , com pleteness or suitability for any particular purpose and c annot ac cept liability and res pons ibility of any k ind (whether in contrac t, tor t or otherwise) for any expenses , loss es, dam ages and/or c osts ( inc luding indirec t or consequential dam age) whic h ar e or may be incurr ed by any party as a r es ult of the map being inac curate, inc omplete or uns uitable in any way and for any reason. Data source: Landgate: Virtual Mosaic - 20141031; G HD: Study Area - 20141006, Vegetation Condition - 20141031. Created by: vdinh, jbmonteignies 238,000 239,000 240,000 7,151,000 7,151,000 7,150,000 7,150,000
SLK 13 3 7,149,000 7,149,000
238,000 239,000 240,000 LEGEND
Study Area Vegetation Condition 2-3 Excellent to Very Good 4-5 Good to Degraded
1. Pristine or Nearly so 3. Very Good 5. Degraded
1-2 Pristine or Nearly so to Excellent 3-4 Very Good to Good 5-6 Degraded to Completely Degraded
2. Excellent 4. Good 6. Completely Degraded
Job Number 61-31372 Paper size : A3 Main Roads Western Australia Revision 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 MRWA ETS BDS Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern Date 27 Nov 2014 Metres Biological Surveys 2014 Map 8 of 8 Map Projection: Transverse Mercator Horizontal Datum: Geocentric Datum of Australia Grid: Map Grid of Australia 1994 Z one 49 o Vegetation Condition : Meedo Rd SLK 13 Figure 4 G:\61\31372\GIS\Maps\Working\6131372_G007_Rev0.mxd 239 Adelaide Terrace Perth WA 6004 Australia T 61 8 6222 8222 F 61 8 6222 8555 E [email protected] W www.ghd.com.au © 2014. Whils t every care has been taken to pr epar e this m ap, G HD, M ain Roads Wes tern Aus tralia and Landgate m ake no representations or warranties about its acc uracy , reliability , com pleteness or suitability for any particular purpose and c annot ac cept liability and res pons ibility of any k ind (whether in contrac t, tor t or otherwise) for any expenses , loss es, dam ages and/or c osts ( inc luding indirec t or consequential dam age) whic h ar e or may be incurr ed by any party as a r es ult of the map being inac curate, inc omplete or uns uitable in any way and for any reason. Data source: Landgate: Virtual Mosaic - 20141031; G HD: Study Area - 20141006, Vegetation Condition - 20141031. Created by: vdinh, jbmonteignies 244,000 245,000 246,000 7,081,000 7,081,000
1
6 7,080,000 7,080,000
NORTH W EST COASTAL HWY
1 SLK 285.4 2
1 7,079,000 7,079,000
244,000 245,000 246,000 LEGEND
Study Area 3 : Bare Surfaces
Fauna Habitat 4 : Chenopod Shrublands
1 : Acacia scrub on calcrete 5 : Outcrops
2 : Acacia scrub on loamy sands 6 : Degraded
Job Number 61-31372 Paper size : A3 Main Roads Western Australia Revision 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 MRWA ETS BDS Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern Date 27 Nov 2014 Metres Biological Surveys 2014 Map 1 of 8 Map Projection: Transverse Mercator Horizontal Datum: Geocentric Datum of Australia Grid: Map Grid of Australia 1994 Z one 50 o Fauna Habitat : NWCH SLK 285.4 Figure 5 G:\61\31372\GIS\Maps\Working\6131372_G006_Rev0.mxd 239 Adelaide Terrace Perth WA 6004 Australia T 61 8 6222 8222 F 61 8 6222 8555 E [email protected] W www.ghd.com.au © 2014. Whils t every care has been taken to pr epar e this m ap, G HD, M ain Roads Wes tern Aus tralia and Landgate m ake no representations or warranties about its acc uracy , reliability , com pleteness or suitability for any particular purpose and c annot ac cept liability and res pons ibility of any k ind (whether in contrac t, tor t or otherwise) for any expenses , loss es, dam ages and/or c osts ( inc luding indirec t or consequential dam age) whic h ar e or may be incurr ed by any party as a r es ult of the map being inac curate, inc omplete or uns uitable in any way and for any reason. Data source: Landgate: Virtual Mosaic - 20141031; G HD: Study Area - 20141006, Fauna Habitat - 20141031. Created by: vdinh, jbmonteignies 241,000 242,000 7,090,000 7,090,000
4
NORTH W EST COASTAL HWY
1
1 7,089,000 7,089,000
2
SLK 294.7 7,088,000 7,088,000
241,000 242,000 LEGEND
Study Area 3 : Bare Surfaces
Fauna Habitat 4 : Chenopod Shrublands
1 : Acacia scrub on calcrete 5 : Outcrops
2 : Acacia scrub on loamy sands 6 : Degraded
Job Number 61-31372 Paper size : A3 Main Roads Western Australia Revision 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 MRWA ETS BDS Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern Date 27 Nov 2014 Metres Biological Surveys 2014 Map 2 of 8 Map Projection: Transverse Mercator Horizontal Datum: Geocentric Datum of Australia Grid: Map Grid of Australia 1994 Z one 50 o Fauna Habitat : NWCH SLK 294.7 Figure 5 G:\61\31372\GIS\Maps\Working\6131372_G006_Rev0.mxd 239 Adelaide Terrace Perth WA 6004 Australia T 61 8 6222 8222 F 61 8 6222 8555 E [email protected] W www.ghd.com.au © 2014. Whils t every care has been taken to pr epar e this m ap, G HD, M ain Roads Wes tern Aus tralia and Landgate m ake no representations or warranties about its acc uracy , reliability , com pleteness or suitability for any particular purpose and c annot ac cept liability and res pons ibility of any k ind (whether in contrac t, tor t or otherwise) for any expenses , loss es, dam ages and/or c osts ( inc luding indirec t or consequential dam age) whic h ar e or may be incurr ed by any party as a r es ult of the map being inac curate, inc omplete or uns uitable in any way and for any reason. Data source: Landgate: Virtual Mosaic - 20141031; G HD: Study Area - 20141006, Fauna Habitat - 20141031. Created by: vdinh, jbmonteignies 230,000 231,000 232,000
7,122,000 2 7,122,000 1 1
6
5
1
SLK 328
5 7,121,000 7,121,000
NORTH W EST COASTAL HWY 2
5
1
2 7,120,000 7,120,000
230,000 231,000 232,000 LEGEND
Study Area 3 : Bare Surfaces
Fauna Habitat 4 : Chenopod Shrublands
1 : Acacia scrub on calcrete 5 : Outcrops
2 : Acacia scrub on loamy sands 6 : Degraded
Job Number 61-31372 Paper size : A3 Main Roads Western Australia Revision 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 MRWA ETS BDS Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern Date 27 Nov 2014 Metres Biological Surveys 2014 Map 3 of 8 Map Projection: Transverse Mercator Horizontal Datum: Geocentric Datum of Australia Grid: Map Grid of Australia 1994 Z one 50 o Fauna Habitat : NWCH SLK 328 Figure 5 G:\61\31372\GIS\Maps\Working\6131372_G006_Rev0.mxd 239 Adelaide Terrace Perth WA 6004 Australia T 61 8 6222 8222 F 61 8 6222 8555 E [email protected] W www.ghd.com.au © 2014. Whils t every care has been taken to pr epar e this m ap, G HD, M ain Roads Wes tern Aus tralia and Landgate m ake no representations or warranties about its acc uracy , reliability , com pleteness or suitability for any particular purpose and c annot ac cept liability and res pons ibility of any k ind (whether in contrac t, tor t or otherwise) for any expenses , loss es, dam ages and/or c osts ( inc luding indirec t or consequential dam age) whic h ar e or may be incurr ed by any party as a r es ult of the map being inac curate, inc omplete or uns uitable in any way and for any reason. Data source: Landgate: Virtual Mosaic - 20141031; G HD: Study Area - 20141006, Fauna Habitat - 20141031. Created by: vdinh, jbmonteignies 230,000 231,000 7,133,000 7,133,000 7,132,000 7,132,000
NORTH ESTW COASTAL HWY
2 SLK 340
6 7,131,000 7,131,000 7,130,000 7,130,000
230,000 231,000 LEGEND
Study Area 3 : Bare Surfaces
Fauna Habitat 4 : Chenopod Shrublands
1 : Acacia scrub on calcrete 5 : Outcrops
2 : Acacia scrub on loamy sands 6 : Degraded
Job Number 61-31372 Paper size : A3 Main Roads Western Australia Revision 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 MRWA ETS BDS Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern Date 27 Nov 2014 Metres Biological Surveys 2014 Map 4 of 8 Map Projection: Transverse Mercator Horizontal Datum: Geocentric Datum of Australia Grid: Map Grid of Australia 1994 Z one 50 o Fauna Habitat : NWCH SLK 340 Figure 5 G:\61\31372\GIS\Maps\Working\6131372_G006_Rev0.mxd 239 Adelaide Terrace Perth WA 6004 Australia T 61 8 6222 8222 F 61 8 6222 8555 E [email protected] W www.ghd.com.au © 2014. Whils t every care has been taken to pr epar e this m ap, G HD, M ain Roads Wes tern Aus tralia and Landgate m ake no representations or warranties about its acc uracy , reliability , com pleteness or suitability for any particular purpose and c annot ac cept liability and res pons ibility of any k ind (whether in contrac t, tor t or otherwise) for any expenses , loss es, dam ages and/or c osts ( inc luding indirec t or consequential dam age) whic h ar e or may be incurr ed by any party as a r es ult of the map being inac curate, inc omplete or uns uitable in any way and for any reason. Data source: Landgate: Virtual Mosaic - 20141031; G HD: Study Area - 20141006, Fauna Habitat - 20141031. Created by: vdinh, jbmonteignies 229,000 230,000 231,000 7,138,000 7,138,000 7,137,000 7,137,000
4
SLK 345 2
6 7,136,000 7,136,000 7,135,000 7,135,000
229,000 230,000 231,000 LEGEND
Study Area 3 : Bare Surfaces
Fauna Habitat 4 : Chenopod Shrublands
1 : Acacia scrub on calcrete 5 : Outcrops
2 : Acacia scrub on loamy sands 6 : Degraded
Job Number 61-31372 Paper size : A3 Main Roads Western Australia Revision 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 MRWA ETS BDS Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern Date 27 Nov 2014 Metres Biological Surveys 2014 Map 5 of 8 Map Projection: Transverse Mercator Horizontal Datum: Geocentric Datum of Australia Grid: Map Grid of Australia 1994 Z one 50 o Fauna Habitat : NWCH SLK 345 Figure 5 G:\61\31372\GIS\Maps\Working\6131372_G006_Rev0.mxd 239 Adelaide Terrace Perth WA 6004 Australia T 61 8 6222 8222 F 61 8 6222 8555 E [email protected] W www.ghd.com.au © 2014. Whils t every care has been taken to pr epar e this m ap, G HD, M ain Roads Wes tern Aus tralia and Landgate m ake no representations or warranties about its acc uracy , reliability , com pleteness or suitability for any particular purpose and c annot ac cept liability and res pons ibility of any k ind (whether in contrac t, tor t or otherwise) for any expenses , loss es, dam ages and/or c osts ( inc luding indirec t or consequential dam age) whic h ar e or may be incurr ed by any party as a r es ult of the map being inac curate, inc omplete or uns uitable in any way and for any reason. Data source: Landgate: Virtual Mosaic - 20141031; G HD: Study Area - 20141006, Fauna Habitat - 20141031. Created by: vdinh, jbmonteignies 173,000 174,000 175,000 7,235,000 7,235,000
6
4
2
2
4
SLK 460.9
2 7,234,000 7,234,000
6
NORTH W EST COASTAL HWY 7,233,000 7,233,000
173,000 174,000 175,000 LEGEND
Study Area 3 : Bare Surfaces
Fauna Habitat 4 : Chenopod Shrublands
1 : Acacia scrub on calcrete 5 : Outcrops
2 : Acacia scrub on loamy sands 6 : Degraded
Job Number 61-31372 Paper size : A3 Main Roads Western Australia Revision 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 MRWA ETS BDS Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern Date 27 Nov 2014 Metres Biological Surveys 2014 Map 6 of 8 Map Projection: Transverse Mercator Horizontal Datum: Geocentric Datum of Australia Grid: Map Grid of Australia 1994 Z one 50 o Fauna Habitat : NWCH SLK 460.9 Figure 5 G:\61\31372\GIS\Maps\Working\6131372_G006_Rev0.mxd 239 Adelaide Terrace Perth WA 6004 Australia T 61 8 6222 8222 F 61 8 6222 8555 E [email protected] W www.ghd.com.au © 2014. Whils t every care has been taken to pr epar e this m ap, G HD, M ain Roads Wes tern Aus tralia and Landgate m ake no representations or warranties about its acc uracy , reliability , com pleteness or suitability for any particular purpose and c annot ac cept liability and res pons ibility of any k ind (whether in contrac t, tor t or otherwise) for any expenses , loss es, dam ages and/or c osts ( inc luding indirec t or consequential dam age) whic h ar e or may be incurr ed by any party as a r es ult of the map being inac curate, inc omplete or uns uitable in any way and for any reason. Data source: Landgate: Virtual Mosaic - 20141031; G HD: Study Area - 20141006, Fauna Habitat - 20141031. Created by: vdinh, jbmonteignies 248,000 249,000 250,000 7,150,000 7,150,000
2 1
6
5 1 SLK 23 7,149,000 7,149,000 2 5 7,148,000 7,148,000
248,000 249,000 250,000 LEGEND
Study Area 3 : Bare Surfaces
Fauna Habitat 4 : Chenopod Shrublands
1 : Acacia scrub on calcrete 5 : Outcrops
2 : Acacia scrub on loamy sands 6 : Degraded
Job Number 61-31372 Paper size : A3 Main Roads Western Australia Revision 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 MRWA ETS BDS Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern Date 27 Nov 2014 Metres Biological Surveys 2014 Map 7 of 8 Map Projection: Transverse Mercator Horizontal Datum: Geocentric Datum of Australia Grid: Map Grid of Australia 1994 Z one 50 o Fauna Habitat : Meedo Rd SLK 23 Figure 5 G:\61\31372\GIS\Maps\Working\6131372_G006_Rev0.mxd 239 Adelaide Terrace Perth WA 6004 Australia T 61 8 6222 8222 F 61 8 6222 8555 E [email protected] W www.ghd.com.au © 2014. Whils t every care has been taken to pr epar e this m ap, G HD, M ain Roads Wes tern Aus tralia and Landgate m ake no representations or warranties about its acc uracy , reliability , com pleteness or suitability for any particular purpose and c annot ac cept liability and res pons ibility of any k ind (whether in contrac t, tor t or otherwise) for any expenses , loss es, dam ages and/or c osts ( inc luding indirec t or consequential dam age) whic h ar e or may be incurr ed by any party as a r es ult of the map being inac curate, inc omplete or uns uitable in any way and for any reason. Data source: Landgate: Virtual Mosaic - 20141031; G HD: Study Area - 20141006, Fauna Habitat - 20141031. Created by: vdinh, jbmonteignies 238,000 239,000 240,000 7,151,000 7,151,000 7,150,000 7,150,000
5
5 SLK 13 3 4 5
2
4 3 7,149,000 7,149,000
238,000 239,000 240,000 LEGEND
Study Area 3 : Bare Surfaces
Fauna Habitat 4 : Chenopod Shrublands
1 : Acacia scrub on calcrete 5 : Outcrops
2 : Acacia scrub on loamy sands 6 : Degraded
Job Number 61-31372 Paper size : A3 Main Roads Western Australia Revision 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 MRWA ETS BDS Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern Date 27 Nov 2014 Metres Biological Surveys 2014 Map 8 of 8 Map Projection: Transverse Mercator Horizontal Datum: Geocentric Datum of Australia Grid: Map Grid of Australia 1994 Z one 50 o Fauna Habitat : Meedo Rd SLK 13 Figure 5 G:\61\31372\GIS\Maps\Working\6131372_G006_Rev0.mxd 239 Adelaide Terrace Perth WA 6004 Australia T 61 8 6222 8222 F 61 8 6222 8555 E [email protected] W www.ghd.com.au © 2014. Whils t every care has been taken to pr epar e this m ap, G HD, M ain Roads Wes tern Aus tralia and Landgate m ake no representations or warranties about its acc uracy , reliability , com pleteness or suitability for any particular purpose and c annot ac cept liability and res pons ibility of any k ind (whether in contrac t, tor t or otherwise) for any expenses , loss es, dam ages and/or c osts ( inc luding indirec t or consequential dam age) whic h ar e or may be incurr ed by any party as a r es ult of the map being inac curate, inc omplete or uns uitable in any way and for any reason. Data source: Landgate: Virtual Mosaic - 20141031; G HD: Study Area - 20141006, Fauna Habitat - 20141031. Created by: vdinh, jbmonteignies
aasorc: adae rulMoac-2113;GD uyAra-2110,Evi n na osran 0401 ed-2111,Pro t 3(GD21)-21;D :AcdSuft i 2110.Cetdb ih zekaj cz m dinh, v : by Created 20141006. - oil S ulfate S cid A C: DE 2012; - 2012) GHD ( 3 ity rior P 20141311, - Weed 20141031, - aint Constr ental onm ir Env 20141006, - rea A tudy S GHD: 20141031; - osaic M irtual V landgate: ce: our s Data
(whether in contrac t, tor t or otherwise) for any expenses , loss es, dam ages and/or c osts ( inc luding indirec t or consequential dam age) whic h ar e or may be incurr ed by any party as a r es ult of the map being inac curate, inc omplete or uns uitable in any way and for any reason. any for and way any in uitable uns or omplete inc curate, inac being map the of ult es r a as party any by ed incurr be may or e ar h whic age) dam consequential or t indirec luding inc ( osts c and/or ages dam es, loss , expenses any for otherwise) or t tor t, contrac in (whether
© 2014. Whils t every care has been taken to pr epar e this m ap, DE C, GHD, M ain Roads W estern A ustralia and Landgate mak e no r epr esentations or warr anties about its ac cur ac y, r eliability, c om pletenes s or s uitability for any partic ular purpos e and cannot acc ept liability and responsibility of any kind kind any of responsibility and liability ept acc cannot and e purpos ular partic any for uitability s or s pletenes om c eliability, r y, ac cur ac its about anties warr or esentations epr r no e mak Landgate and ustralia A estern W Roads ain M GHD, C, DE ap, m this e epar pr to taken been has care every t Whils 2014. ©
W E F T www.ghd.com.au [email protected] 8555 6222 8 61 8222 6222 8 61 Australia 6004 WA Perth Terrace Adelaide 239
:6\17\I Mp Wr n\117_08Rv. xd ing\6131372_G008_Rev0.m \Work \Maps G:\61\31372\GIS
Field Environmental Constraints : NWCH SLK 285.4 SLK NWCH : Constraints Environmental Field o
Figure 6 Figure Grid: Map Grid of Australia 1994 Z one 50 one Z 1994 Australia of Grid Map Grid:
Horizontal Datum: Geocentric Datum of Australia of Datum Geocentric Datum: Horizontal
Map Projection: Transverse Mercator Transverse Projection: Map
Map 1 of 8 of 1 Map
Biological Surveys 2014 Surveys Biological
Metres
Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern - Areas Material Strategic Gascoyne
Date
27 Nov 2014 Nov 27
0 0 0 0 500 400 300 200 100 0
MRWA ETS BDS ETS MRWA
Revision 0
Paper size : A3 : size Paper
Main Roads Western Australia Western Roads Main Job Number Job 61-31372
Study Area Study Noxious weeds Noxious
# *
glaucescens sclerosperma Acacia
(GHD 2012) (GHD subsp.
! (
Parkinsonia aculeata Parkinsonia
Acacia drepanophylla Acacia habitat
(<3m from surface) from (<3m glaucescens sclerosperma Acacia ! ( subsp. subsp. Datura leichhardtii Datura glaucescens sclerosperma Acacia subsp. subsp.
Moderate to low ASS disturbance risk risk disturbance ASS low to Moderate #*
! ( Acacia drepanophylla Acacia Acid Sulfate Risk Mapping Risk Sulfate Acid Environmental Constraint Environmental
Argemone ochroleuca Argemone #*
LEGEND
244,000 246,000 245,000 7,079,000 7,079,000
#*#* #* #* #* #*
#*
285.4
SLK NORTH W EST COASTAL HWY COASTAL EST W NORTH 7,080,000 7,080,000
#*
7,081,000 7,081,000
246,000 245,000 244,000
#*
#*
#* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #*
#* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #*
#* #* #*
#* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #*
#*
aasorc: adae rulMoac-2113;GD uyAra-2110,Evi n na osran 0401 ed-2111,Pro t 3(GD21)-21;D :AcdSuft i 2110.Cetdb ih zekaj cz m dinh, v : by Created 20141006. - oil S ulfate S cid A C: DE 2012; - 2012) GHD ( 3 ity rior P 20141311, - Weed 20141031, - aint Constr ental onm ir Env 20141006, - rea A tudy S GHD: 20141031; - osaic M irtual V landgate: ce: our s Data
(whether in contrac t, tor t or otherwise) for any expenses , loss es, dam ages and/or c osts ( inc luding indirec t or consequential dam age) whic h ar e or may be incurr ed by any party as a r es ult of the map being inac curate, inc omplete or uns uitable in any way and for any reason. any for and way any in uitable uns or omplete inc curate, inac being map the of ult es r a as party any by ed incurr be may or e ar h whic age) dam consequential or t indirec luding inc ( osts c and/or ages dam es, loss , expenses any for otherwise) or t tor t, contrac in (whether
© 2014. Whils t every care has been taken to pr epar e this m ap, DE C, GHD, M ain Roads W estern A ustralia and Landgate mak e no r epr esentations or warr anties about its ac cur ac y, r eliability, c om pletenes s or s uitability for any partic ular purpos e and cannot acc ept liability and responsibility of any kind kind any of responsibility and liability ept acc cannot and e purpos ular partic any for uitability s or s pletenes om c eliability, r y, ac cur ac its about anties warr or esentations epr r no e mak Landgate and ustralia A estern W Roads ain M GHD, C, DE ap, m this e epar pr to taken been has care every t Whils 2014. ©
W E F T www.ghd.com.au [email protected] 8555 6222 8 61 8222 6222 8 61 Australia 6004 WA Perth Terrace Adelaide 239
:6\17\I Mp Wr n\117_08Rv. xd ing\6131372_G008_Rev0.m \Work \Maps G:\61\31372\GIS
Field Environmental Constraints : NWCH SLK 294.7 SLK NWCH : Constraints Environmental Field o
Figure 6 Figure Grid: Map Grid of Australia 1994 Z one 50 one Z 1994 Australia of Grid Map Grid:
Horizontal Datum: Geocentric Datum of Australia of Datum Geocentric Datum: Horizontal
Map Projection: Transverse Mercator Transverse Projection: Map
Map 2 of 8 of 2 Map
Biological Surveys 2014 Surveys Biological
Metres
Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern - Areas Material Strategic Gascoyne
Date
27 Nov 2014 Nov 27
0 0 0 0 500 400 300 200 100 0
MRWA ETS BDS ETS MRWA
Revision 0
Paper size : A3 : size Paper
Main Roads Western Australia Western Roads Main Job Number Job 61-31372
Study Area Study Noxious weeds Noxious
# *
glaucescens sclerosperma Acacia
(GHD 2012) (GHD subsp.
! (
Parkinsonia aculeata Parkinsonia
Acacia drepanophylla Acacia habitat
(<3m from surface) from (<3m glaucescens sclerosperma Acacia ! ( subsp. subsp. Datura leichhardtii Datura glaucescens sclerosperma Acacia subsp. subsp.
Moderate to low ASS disturbance risk risk disturbance ASS low to Moderate #*
! ( Acacia drepanophylla Acacia Acid Sulfate Risk Mapping Risk Sulfate Acid Environmental Constraint Environmental
Argemone ochroleuca Argemone #*
LEGEND
242,000 241,000
#* 7,088,000 7,088,000
#*
#* #* #* #* #* #* #*
#* #* #*
294.7 #* SLK #* 7,089,000 7,089,000 #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #*
#* NORTH W EST COASTAL HWY COASTAL EST W NORTH
7,090,000 7,090,000
242,000 241,000
#*
#* #*
#* #*
#* #* #* #*
#*
#* #*
#*
#* #*
#*
#*
#*
#*
#* #* #*
#*
#* #* #*
#* #*
#*
#*
#*
#*
#* #* #*
#* #*
#* #*
aasorc: adae rulMoac-2113;GD uyAra-2110,Evi n na osran 0401 ed-2111,Pro t 3(GD21)-21;D :AcdSuft i 2110.Cetdb ih zekaj cz m #* dinh, v : by Created 20141006. - oil S ulfate S cid A C: DE 2012; - 2012) GHD ( 3 ity rior P 20141311, - Weed 20141031, - aint Constr ental onm ir Env 20141006, - rea A tudy S GHD: 20141031; - osaic M irtual V landgate: ce: our s Data
(whether in contrac t, tor t or otherwise) for any expenses , loss es, dam ages and/or c osts ( inc luding indirec t or consequential dam age) whic h ar e or may be incurr ed by any party as a r es ult of the map being inac curate, inc omplete or uns uitable in any way and for any reason. any for and way any in uitable uns or omplete inc curate, inac being map the of ult es r a as party any by ed incurr be may or e ar h whic age) dam consequential or t indirec luding inc ( osts c and/or ages dam es, loss , expenses any for otherwise) or t tor t, contrac in (whether
© 2014. Whils t every care has been taken to pr epar e this m ap, DE C, GHD, M ain Roads W estern A ustralia and Landgate mak e no r epr esentations or warr anties about its ac cur ac y, r eliability, c om pletenes s or s uitability for any partic ular purpos e and cannot acc ept liability and responsibility of any kind kind any of responsibility and liability ept acc cannot and e purpos ular partic any for uitability s or s pletenes om c eliability, r y, ac cur ac its about anties warr or esentations epr r no e mak Landgate and ustralia A estern W Roads ain M GHD, C, DE ap, m this e epar pr to taken been has care every t Whils 2014. ©
W E F T #*
www.ghd.com.au [email protected] 8555 6222 8 61 8222 6222 8 61 Australia 6004 WA Perth Terrace Adelaide 239
#* xd ing\6131372_G008_Rev0.m \Work \Maps G:\61\31372\GIS
#* o Field Environmental Constraints : NWCH SLK 328 SLK NWCH : Constraints Environmental Field
Figure 6 Figure #* 50 one Z 1994 Australia of Grid Map Grid: Horizontal Datum: Geocentric Datum of Australia of Datum Geocentric Datum: Horizontal
Map Projection: Transverse Mercator Transverse Projection: Map
Map 3 of 8 of 3 Map #*
Biological Surveys 2014 Surveys Biological
Metres
Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern - Areas Material Strategic #* Gascoyne
Date
27 Nov 2014 Nov 27 #* 0 0 0 0 500 400 300 200 100 0
MRWA ETS BDS ETS MRWA
Revision
0 #*
Paper size : A3 : size Paper
Main Roads Western Australia Western Roads Main Job Number Job 61-31372
Study Area Study
Noxious weeds Noxious
*
#* #
glaucescens sclerosperma Acacia
(GHD 2012) (GHD subsp. ! ( Parkinsonia aculeata Parkinsonia
Acacia drepanophylla Acacia
#* habitat
(<3m from surface) from (<3m glaucescens sclerosperma Acacia ! ( subsp. subsp. Datura leichhardtii Datura glaucescens sclerosperma Acacia subsp. subsp.
Moderate to low ASS disturbance risk risk disturbance ASS low to Moderate #* #* #*
! ( Acacia drepanophylla Acacia Acid Sulfate Risk Mapping Risk Sulfate Acid Environmental Constraint Environmental
#* ochroleuca Argemone #*
#* LEGEND
230,000 232,000
#* 231,000 #* #* #* #*#* #* #* #* #* 7,120,000 7,120,000 #* #* #* #* #* #*#* #* #* #*#* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #*#* #*
#* #*
# *
# *
# *
# * # * # *
# *
# * # * # *
# *
# *
# *
# *
# * # *
# *
# *
# *
# * # * # * # *
# *
# *
# *
# *
# *
# * # *
# * # *
# *
# *
# *
# * # * # *
# *
# *
# * # * NORTH W EST COASTAL HWY COASTAL EST W NORTH
# *
# *
# *
# * # *
# *
# *
# * # * # * *
#* #* #
*
#* # *
# 7,121,000 7,121,000 # *
# *
# *
# * # *
# *
# *
# * # *
# * # *
*
#* #
* #* #
# *
# * # *
# *
# *
# *
# * # *
SLK 328 #* SLK # *
# *
# *
# *
# *
# * # *
# * # *
# * # *
# *
# *
# *
# *
# *
# * # *
# *
# *
# *
# *
# *
# *
# * # * # *
*
#* #* #
# *
# * # *
# * # *
*
#* #
# *
# *
# *
*
#* #
# *
*
#* # # *
# * # *
# * # * # *
# *
*
#* #
# *
# *
*
#* # # * #* 7,122,000 7,122,000 #*
#*
#*
#*
232,000 231,000 230,000
#*
#*
#*
#*
#*
# *
#* #*
#*
#*
#* #* #*
#* #*#* #* #*#* #* #*
#*
#* #*
#*
#* #*
#*
#*
#*
#*
#* #* #*
#*
#* #* #*
#* #*
#*
#*
#*
#*
#* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #*#* #*
#* #* #* #* #*#* #* #* #* #* #*#* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #*#* #* #* #*#* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #*#* #*
#* #*
# *
# *
# *
# * # * # *
# *
# * # * # *
# *
# *
# *
# *
# * # *
# *
# *
# *
# * # * # * # *
# *
# *
# *
# *
# *
# * # *
# * # *
# *
# *
# * # * # * # * # *
# *
# * # *
# *
# *
# *
# * # *
# *
# *
# * # * # * *
#* #* #
*
#* # # *
# *
# *
# *
# * # *
# *
# *
# *
# *
# * # *
*
#* #
* #* #
# *
# * # *
# *
# *
# *
# * # *
* #* #
# *
# *
# *
# *
# * # *
# * # *
# * # *
# *
# *
# *
# *
# *
# * # *
# *
# *
# *
# *
# *
# *
# * # * # *
*
#* #* #
# *
# * # *
# * # *
*
#* #
# *
# *
# *
*
#* #
# *
*
#* # # *
# * # *
# * # * # *
# *
*
#* #
# *
# *
*
#* # # * #*
#*
#*
#* #*
#*
#*
#*
#*
#*
# *
#* #*
#*
aasorc: adae rulMoac-2113;GD uyAra-2110,Evi n na osran 0401 ed-2111,Pro t 3(GD21)-21;D :AcdSuft i 2110.Cetdb ih zekaj cz m dinh, v : by Created 20141006. - oil S ulfate S cid A C: DE 2012; - 2012) GHD ( 3 ity rior P 20141311, - Weed 20141031, - aint Constr ental onm ir Env 20141006, - rea A tudy S GHD: 20141031; - osaic M irtual V landgate: ce: our s Data
(whether in contrac t, tor t or otherwise) for any expenses , loss es, dam ages and/or c osts ( inc luding indirec t or consequential dam age) whic h ar e or may be incurr ed by any party as a r es ult of the map being inac curate, inc omplete or uns uitable in any way and for any reason. any for and way any in uitable uns or omplete inc curate, inac being map the of ult es r a as party any by ed incurr be may or e ar h whic age) dam consequential or t indirec luding inc ( osts c and/or ages dam es, loss , expenses any for otherwise) or t tor t, contrac in (whether
© 2014. Whils t every care has been taken to pr epar e this m ap, DE C, GHD, M ain Roads W estern A ustralia and Landgate mak e no r epr esentations or warr anties about its ac cur ac y, r eliability, c om pletenes s or s uitability for any partic ular purpos e and cannot acc ept liability and responsibility of any kind kind any of responsibility and liability ept acc cannot and e purpos ular partic any for uitability s or s pletenes om c eliability, r y, ac cur ac its about anties warr or esentations epr r no e mak Landgate and ustralia A estern W Roads ain M GHD, C, DE ap, m this e epar pr to taken been has care every t Whils 2014. ©
W E F T www.ghd.com.au [email protected] 8555 6222 8 61 8222 6222 8 61 Australia 6004 WA Perth Terrace Adelaide 239
:6\17\I Mp Wr n\117_08Rv. xd ing\6131372_G008_Rev0.m \Work \Maps G:\61\31372\GIS
Field Environmental Constraints : NWCH SLK 340 SLK NWCH : Constraints Environmental Field o
Figure 6 Figure Grid: Map Grid of Australia 1994 Z one 50 one Z 1994 Australia of Grid Map Grid:
Horizontal Datum: Geocentric Datum of Australia of Datum Geocentric Datum: Horizontal
Map Projection: Transverse Mercator Transverse Projection: Map
Map 4 of 8 of 4 Map
Biological Surveys 2014 Surveys Biological
Metres
Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern - Areas Material Strategic Gascoyne
Date
27 Nov 2014 Nov 27
0 0 0 0 500 400 300 200 100 0
MRWA ETS BDS ETS MRWA
Revision 0
Paper size : A3 : size Paper
Main Roads Western Australia Western Roads Main Job Number Job 61-31372
Study Area Study Noxious weeds Noxious
# *
glaucescens sclerosperma Acacia
(GHD 2012) (GHD subsp.
! (
Parkinsonia aculeata Parkinsonia
Acacia drepanophylla Acacia habitat
(<3m from surface) from (<3m glaucescens sclerosperma Acacia ! ( subsp. subsp. Datura leichhardtii Datura glaucescens sclerosperma Acacia subsp. subsp.
Moderate to low ASS disturbance risk risk disturbance ASS low to Moderate #*
! ( Acacia drepanophylla Acacia Acid Sulfate Risk Mapping Risk Sulfate Acid Environmental Constraint Environmental
Argemone ochroleuca Argemone #*
LEGEND
231,000 230,000 7,130,000 7,130,000
7,131,000 7,131,000
SLK 340 SLK NORTH W EST COASTAL HWY COASTAL W EST NORTH
#* 7,132,000 7,132,000 #* #* #*
#* #*#* #* #*#* #* #*
7,133,000 7,133,000
231,000 230,000
#*
#* #*
#*
#* #* #*
#*
#* #* #*
#* #*
#*
#*
#*
#*
#* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #*#* #*
#* #* #* #* #*#* #* #* #* #* #*#* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #*#* #* #* #*#* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #*#* #*
#* #*
# *
# *
# *
# * # * # *
# *
# * # *
# *
# *
# *
# *
# *
# * # *
# *
# *
# *
# * # * # * # *
# *
# *
# *
# *
# *
# * # *
# * # *
# *
# *
# * # * # * # * # *
# *
# * # *
# *
# *
# *
# * # *
# *
# *
# * # * # *
*
#* #* #
*
#* # # *
# *
# *
# *
# * # *
# *
# *
# * # *
# * # *
*
#* #
* #* #
# *
# * # *
# * # *
# *
# * *
#* # # *
# *
# *
# *
# *
# * # * # * # *
# *
# *
# *
# *
# *
# *
# *
# *
# *
# *
# *
# *
# *
# *
# *
# * # * # *
*
#* #* #
# *
# * # *
# * # *
*
#* #
# *
# *
# *
*
#* #
# *
*
#* # # *
# * # *
# * # * # *
# *
* #* #
# *
# *
*
#* # # * #*
#*
#*
#* #*
#*
#*
#*
#*
#*
# *
#* #*
#*
#*
#* #* #*
#* #*#* #* #*#* #*
#*
aasorc: adae rulMoac-2113;GD uyAra-2110,Evi n na osran 0401 ed-2111,Pro t 3(GD21)-21;D :AcdSuft i 2110.Cetdb ih zekaj cz m dinh, v : by Created 20141006. - oil S ulfate S cid A C: DE 2012; - 2012) GHD ( 3 ity rior P 20141311, - Weed 20141031, - aint Constr ental onm ir Env 20141006, - rea A tudy S GHD: 20141031; - osaic M irtual V landgate: ce: our s Data
(whether in contrac t, tor t or otherwise) for any expenses , loss es, dam ages and/or c osts ( inc luding indirec t or consequential dam age) whic h ar e or may be incurr ed by any party as a r es ult of the map being inac curate, inc omplete or uns uitable in any way and for any reason. any for and way any in uitable uns or omplete inc curate, inac being map the of ult es r a as party any by ed incurr be may or e ar h whic age) dam consequential or t indirec luding inc ( osts c and/or ages dam es, loss , expenses any for otherwise) or t tor t, contrac in (whether
© 2014. Whils t every care has been taken to pr epar e this m ap, DE C, GHD, M ain Roads W estern A ustralia and Landgate mak e no r epr esentations or warr anties about its ac cur ac y, r eliability, c om pletenes s or s uitability for any partic ular purpos e and cannot acc ept liability and responsibility of any kind kind any of responsibility and liability ept acc cannot and e purpos ular partic any for uitability s or s pletenes om c eliability, r y, ac cur ac its about anties warr or esentations epr r no e mak Landgate and ustralia A estern W Roads ain M GHD, C, DE ap, m this e epar pr to taken been has care every t Whils 2014. ©
W E F T www.ghd.com.au [email protected] 8555 6222 8 61 8222 6222 8 61 Australia 6004 WA Perth Terrace Adelaide 239
:6\17\I Mp Wr n\117_08Rv. xd ing\6131372_G008_Rev0.m \Work \Maps G:\61\31372\GIS
Field Environmental Constraints : NWCH SLK 345 SLK NWCH : Constraints Environmental Field o
Figure 6 Figure Grid: Map Grid of Australia 1994 Z one 50 one Z 1994 Australia of Grid Map Grid:
Horizontal Datum: Geocentric Datum of Australia of Datum Geocentric Datum: Horizontal
Map Projection: Transverse Mercator Transverse Projection: Map
Map 5 of 8 of 5 Map
Biological Surveys 2014 Surveys Biological
Metres
Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern - Areas Material Strategic Gascoyne
Date
27 Nov 2014 Nov 27
0 0 0 0 500 400 300 200 100 0
MRWA ETS BDS ETS MRWA
Revision 0
Paper size : A3 : size Paper
Main Roads Western Australia Western Roads Main Job Number Job 61-31372
Study Area Study Noxious weeds Noxious
# *
glaucescens sclerosperma Acacia
(GHD 2012) (GHD subsp.
! (
Parkinsonia aculeata Parkinsonia
Acacia drepanophylla Acacia habitat
(<3m from surface) from (<3m
glaucescens sclerosperma Acacia ! ( subsp. subsp.
Datura leichhardtii Datura glaucescens sclerosperma Acacia subsp. subsp.
Moderate to low ASS disturbance risk risk disturbance ASS low to Moderate #*
! ( Acacia drepanophylla Acacia Argemone ochroleuca Argemone Acid Sulfate Risk Mapping Risk Sulfate Acid
Environmental Constraint Environmental #*
LEGEND
231,000 230,000 229,000 7,135,000 7,135,000
7,136,000 7,136,000
SLK 345 SLK NORTH W HWY NORTH COASTAL EST 7,137,000 7,137,000
7,138,000 7,138,000
231,000 230,000 229,000
#*
#* 173,000 174,000 175,000 7,235,000 7,235,000
SLK 460.9 7,234,000 7,234,000 !(
!(
!( !(
NORTH W EST COASTAL HWY 7,233,000 7,233,000
173,000 174,000 175,000
LEGEND
*
# Acacia drepanophylla !( Argemone ochroleuca Environmental Constraint Acid Sulfate Risk Mapping
* # Acacia sclerosperma subsp. glaucescens Moderate to low ASS disturbance risk Acacia sclerosperma subsp. glaucescens !( Datura leichhardtii (<3m from surface) habitat !( Parkinsonia aculeata Acacia drepanophylla #* Acacia sclerosperma subsp. glaucescens (GHD 2012) Noxious weeds Study Area
Job Number 61-31372 Paper size : A3 Main Roads Western Australia Revision 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 MRWA ETS BDS Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern Date 27 Nov 2014 Metres Biological Surveys 2014 Map 6 of 8 Map Projection: Transverse Mercator Horizontal Datum: Geocentric Datum of Australia Grid: Map Grid of Australia 1994 Z one 50 o Field Environmental Constraints : NWCH SLK 460.9 Figure 6 G:\61\31372\GIS\Maps\Working\6131372_G008_Rev0.mxd 239 Adelaide Terrace Perth WA 6004 Australia T 61 8 6222 8222 F 61 8 6222 8555 E [email protected] W www.ghd.com.au © 2014. Whils t every care has been taken to pr epar e this m ap, DE C, GHD, M ain Roads W estern A ustralia and Landgate mak e no r epr esentations or warr anties about its ac cur ac y, r eliability, c om pletenes s or s uitability for any partic ular purpos e and cannot acc ept liability and responsibility of any kind (whether in contrac t, tor t or otherwise) for any expenses , loss es, dam ages and/or c osts ( inc luding indirec t or consequential dam age) whic h ar e or may be incurr ed by any party as a r es ult of the map being inac curate, inc omplete or uns uitable in any way and for any reason. Data source: landgate: Virtual Mosaic - 20141031; GHD: Study Area - 20141006, Environmental Constraint - 20141031, Weed - 20141311, Priority 3 (GHD 2012) - 2012; DEC: Acid Sulfate Soil - 20141006. Created by: vdinh, mczekaj #* #* #* #* #* #* #*
#*
aasorc: adae rulMoac-2113;GD uyAra-2110,Evi n na osran 0401 ed-2111,Pro t 3(GD21)-21;D :AcdSuft i 2110.Cetdb ih zekaj cz m dinh, v : by Created 20141006. - oil S ulfate S cid A C: DE 2012; - 2012) GHD ( 3 ity rior P 20141311, - Weed 20141031, - aint Constr ental onm ir Env 20141006, - rea A tudy S GHD: 20141031; - osaic M irtual V landgate: ce: our s Data
(whether in contrac t, tor t or otherwise) for any expenses , loss es, dam ages and/or c osts ( inc luding indirec t or consequential dam age) whic h ar e or may be incurr ed by any party as a r es ult of the map being inac curate, inc omplete or uns uitable in any way and for any reason. any for and way any in uitable uns or omplete inc curate, inac being map the of ult es r a as party any by ed incurr be may or e ar h whic age) dam consequential or t indirec luding inc ( osts c and/or ages dam es, loss , expenses any for otherwise) or t tor t, contrac in (whether
© 2014. Whils t every care has been taken to pr epar e this m ap, DE C, GHD, M ain Roads W estern A ustralia and Landgate mak e no r epr esentations or warr anties about its ac cur ac y, r eliability, c om pletenes s or s uitability for any partic ular purpos e and cannot acc ept liability and responsibility of any kind kind any of responsibility and liability ept acc cannot and e purpos ular partic any for uitability s or s pletenes om c eliability, r y, ac cur ac its about anties warr or esentations epr r no e mak Landgate and ustralia A estern W Roads ain M GHD, C, DE ap, m this e epar pr to taken been has care every t Whils 2014. ©
W E F T www.ghd.com.au [email protected] 8555 6222 8 61 8222 6222 8 61 Australia 6004 WA Perth Terrace Adelaide 239
:6\17\I Mp Wr n\117_08Rv. xd ing\6131372_G008_Rev0.m \Work \Maps G:\61\31372\GIS
Field Environmental Constraints : Meedo Rd SLK 23 SLK Rd Meedo : Constraints Environmental Field o
Figure 6 Figure Grid: Map Grid of Australia 1994 Z one 50 one Z 1994 Australia of Grid Map Grid:
Horizontal Datum: Geocentric Datum of Australia of Datum Geocentric Datum: Horizontal
Map Projection: Transverse Mercator Transverse Projection: Map
Map 7 of 8 of 7 Map
Biological Surveys 2014 Surveys Biological
Metres
Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern - Areas Material Strategic Gascoyne
Date
27 Nov 2014 Nov 27
0 0 0 0 500 400 300 200 100 0
MRWA ETS BDS ETS MRWA
Revision 0
Paper size : A3 : size Paper
Main Roads Western Australia Western Roads Main Job Number Job 61-31372
Study Area Study Noxious weeds Noxious
# *
glaucescens sclerosperma Acacia
(GHD 2012) (GHD subsp.
! (
Parkinsonia aculeata Parkinsonia
Acacia drepanophylla Acacia habitat
(<3m from surface) from (<3m glaucescens sclerosperma Acacia ! ( subsp. subsp. Datura leichhardtii Datura glaucescens sclerosperma Acacia subsp. subsp.
Moderate to low ASS disturbance risk risk disturbance ASS low to Moderate #*
! ( Acacia drepanophylla Acacia Acid Sulfate Risk Mapping Risk Sulfate Acid Environmental Constraint Environmental
Argemone ochroleuca Argemone #*
LEGEND
250,000 249,000 248,000 7,148,000 7,148,000
#* #* #* #* #* 7,149,000 7,149,000
#* SLK 23 SLK #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #*
#* #* #* RD PIMBEE - MEEDO #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #*
7,150,000 7,150,000
250,000 249,000 248,000 #*
#*
#* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #*
#* #* #* #* #* #* #* #* #*
#*
#*
#*
#* #*
#*
#*
aasorc: adae rulMoac-2113;GD uyAra-2110,Evi n na osran 0401 ed-2111,Pro t 3(GD21)-21;D :AcdSuft i 2110.Cetdb ih zekaj cz m dinh, v : by Created 20141006. - oil S ulfate S cid A C: DE 2012; - 2012) GHD ( 3 ity rior P 20141311, - Weed 20141031, - aint Constr ental onm ir Env 20141006, - rea A tudy S GHD: 20141031; - osaic M irtual V landgate: ce: our s Data
(whether in contrac t, tor t or otherwise) for any expenses , loss es, dam ages and/or c osts ( inc luding indirec t or consequential dam age) whic h ar e or may be incurr ed by any party as a r es ult of the map being inac curate, inc omplete or uns uitable in any way and for any reason. any for and way any in uitable uns or omplete inc curate, inac being map the of ult es r a as party any by ed incurr be may or e ar h whic age) dam consequential or t indirec luding inc ( osts c and/or ages dam es, loss , expenses any for otherwise) or t tor t, contrac in (whether
© 2014. Whils t every care has been taken to pr epar e this m ap, DE C, GHD, M ain Roads W estern A ustralia and Landgate mak e no r epr esentations or warr anties about its ac cur ac y, r eliability, c om pletenes s or s uitability for any partic ular purpos e and cannot acc ept liability and responsibility of any kind kind any of responsibility and liability ept acc cannot and e purpos ular partic any for uitability s or s pletenes om c eliability, r y, ac cur ac its about anties warr or esentations epr r no e mak Landgate and ustralia A estern W Roads ain M GHD, C, DE ap, m this e epar pr to taken been has care every t Whils 2014. ©
W E F T www.ghd.com.au [email protected] 8555 6222 8 61 8222 6222 8 61 Australia 6004 WA Perth Terrace Adelaide 239
:6\17\I Mp Wr n\117_08Rv. xd ing\6131372_G008_Rev0.m \Work \Maps G:\61\31372\GIS
Field Environmental Constraints : Meedo Rd SLK 13 SLK Rd Meedo : Constraints Environmental Field o
Figure 6 Figure Grid: Map Grid of Australia 1994 Z one 50 one Z 1994 Australia of Grid Map Grid:
Horizontal Datum: Geocentric Datum of Australia of Datum Geocentric Datum: Horizontal
Map Projection: Transverse Mercator Transverse Projection: Map
Map 8 of 8 of 8 Map
Biological Surveys 2014 Surveys Biological
Metres
Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern - Areas Material Strategic Gascoyne
Date
27 Nov 2014 Nov 27
0 0 0 0 500 400 300 200 100 0
MRWA ETS BDS ETS MRWA
Revision 0
Paper size : A3 : size Paper
Main Roads Western Australia Western Roads Main Job Number Job 61-31372
Study Area Study Noxious weeds Noxious
# *
glaucescens sclerosperma Acacia
(GHD 2012) (GHD subsp.
! (
Parkinsonia aculeata Parkinsonia
Acacia drepanophylla Acacia habitat
(<3m from surface) from (<3m glaucescens sclerosperma Acacia ! ( subsp. subsp. Datura leichhardtii Datura glaucescens sclerosperma Acacia subsp. subsp.
Moderate to low ASS disturbance risk risk disturbance ASS low to Moderate #*
! ( Acacia drepanophylla Acacia Acid Sulfate Risk Mapping Risk Sulfate Acid Environmental Constraint Environmental
Argemone ochroleuca Argemone #*
LEGEND
238,000 240,000 239,000 7,149,000 7,149,000
#*
#* SLK 13 SLK 7,150,000 7,150,000
#* #* MEEDO - PIMBEE RD PIMBEE - MEEDO #* #* #* #*
#*
#*
7,151,000 7,151,000
240,000 239,000 238,000
Appendices
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 63
Appendix A - Description of Terms
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 64
A.1 Legislation
A.1.1 Australian Government Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 The Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC Act) is the Federal Government’s central piece of environmental legislation. It provides a legal framework to protect and manage nationally and internationally important flora, fauna, ecological communities and heritage places, which are defined in the EPBC Act as Matters of National Environmental Significance (MNES). The biological aspects listed as MNES include: Nationally threatened flora and fauna species and ecological communities; Migratory species. A person must not take an action that has, will have, or is likely to have a significant impact MNES, without approval from the Federal Minister for the Environment. A person must not undertake an action that has, will have, or is likely to have a significant impact (direct or indirect) on MNES, without approval from the Australian Government Minister for the Environment.
A.1.2 State Environmental Protection Act 1986 The Environmental Protection Act 1986 (EP Act) is the primary legislative Act dealing with the protection of the environment in Western Australia. It provides for an Environmental Protection Authority (EPA), for the prevention, control and abatement of pollution and environmental harm, for the conservation, preservation, protection, enhancement and management of the environment and for matters incidental to or connected with the above. Clearing of native vegetation in Western Australia requires a permit from the Department of Environment Regulation (DER) (formerly the Department of Environment and Conservation – DEC), unless exemptions apply. Native vegetation includes aquatic and terrestrial vegetation indigenous to Western Australia, and intentionally planted vegetation declared by regulation to be native, but not vegetation planted in a plantation or planted with commercial intent.
In the EP Act Section 51A clearing is defined as the killing or destruction of; the removal of; the severing or ringbarking of trunks or stems of; or the doing of substantial damage of some or all of the native vegetation in an area, including the flooding of land, the burning of vegetation, the grazing of stock or an act or activity that results in the above. When making a decision to grant or refuse a permit to clear native vegetation the assessment considers clearing against the ten clearing principles as specified in Schedule 5 of the EP Act. Native vegetation should not be cleared if: a. if it comprises a high level of biodiversity. b. it comprises the whole or a part of, or is necessary for the maintenance of a significance habitat for fauna indigenous to Western Australia. c. it includes, or is necessary, for the continued existence of rare flora. d. it comprises the whole or part or is necessary for the maintenance of a threatened ecological community. e. it is significant as a remnant of native vegetation in an area that has been extensively cleared.
65 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
f. it is growing in, or in association with, an environment associated with a watercourse or wetland. g. the clearing of the vegetation is likely to cause appreciable land degradation. h. the clearing of the vegetation is likely to have an impact on the environmental values of any adjacent or nearby conservation area. i. the clearing of the vegetation is likely to cause deterioration in the quality of surface or underground water. j. if clearing the vegetation is likely to cause, or exacerbate, the incidence of flooding. There are a number of Environmentally Sensitive Areas (ESAs) within Western Australia where exemptions in regulations do not apply. ESAs include locations of threatened communities and species.
A.1.3 State Environmental Protection (Clearing of Native Vegetation) Regulations 2004 ESAs are declared by a notice under Section 51B of the EP Act. Table A.1 outlines the aspects of areas declared as ESA (under the Environmental Protection (Clearing of Native Vegetation) Regulations 2004 – Reg 6).
Table A.1 Aspects of Environmentally Sensitive Areas
Aspects of Environmentally Sensitive Areas A declared World Heritage property as defined in Section 13 of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC Act). An area that is registered on the Register of the National Estate (RNE), because of its natural values, under the Australian Heritage Commission Act 1975 of the Commonwealth (the RNE was closed in 2007 and is no longer a statutory list – all references to the RNE were removed from the EPBC Act on 19 February 2012). A defined wetland and the area within 50 m of the wetland. The area covered by vegetation within 50 m of rare flora, to the extent to which the vegetation is continuous with the vegetation in which the rare flora is located. The area covered by a TEC. A Bush Forever Site. The areas covered by the following policies: a) The Environmental Protection (Gnangara Mound Crown Land) Policy 1992. b) The Environmental Protection (Western Swamp Tortoise Habitat) Policy 2002. The areas covered by the lakes to which the Environmental Protection (Swan Coastal Plain Lakes) Policy 1992 (SCPL) (EPP Lakes) applies. Protected wetlands as defined in the Environmental Protection (South West Agricultural Zone Wetlands) Policy 1998. Areas of fringing native vegetation in the policy area as defined in the Environmental Protection (Swan and Canning Rivers) Policy 1997.
A.1.4 State Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 The Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 (WC Act) provides for the conservation and protection of wildlife. It is administered by the Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) (formerly the DEC) and applies to both flora and fauna. Any person wanting to capture, collect, disturb or study fauna requires a permit to do so. A permit is required under the WC Act if removal of threatened species is required.
66 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
A.1.5 State Biosecurity and Agriculture Management Act 2007 Under the Biosecurity and Agriculture Management Act 2007 (BAM Act) a Declared Pest is a prohibited organism or an organism for which a declaration under Section 22(2) is in force. The Department of Agriculture and Food Western Australia (DAFWA) maintains a list of Declared Pests for Western Australia. If a Pest is declared for the whole of the State or for particular Local Government Areas, all landholders are obliged to comply with the specific category of control. Declared plants are gazetted under categories, which define the action required. The category may apply to the whole of the State, districts, individual properties or even paddocks. Categories of control are defined in Appendix A. Among the factors considered in categorising Declared Pests are: The impact of the plant on individuals, agricultural production and the community in general; Whether it is already established in the area; The feasibility and cost of possible control measures. The BAM Act replaces the repealed Agriculture and Related Resources Protection Act 1976 (ARRP Act).
Table A.2 Department of Agriculture and Food (Western Australia) Categories for Declared Pests under the Biosecurity and Agriculture Management Act 2007
Control Class Description Code C1 (Exclusion) Pests will be assigned to this category if they are not established in Western Australia and control measures are to be taken, including border checks, in order to prevent them entering and establishing in the State. C2 (Eradication) Pests will be assigned to this category if they are present in Western Australia in low enough numbers or in sufficiently limited areas that their eradication is still a possibility. C3 (Management) Pests will be assigned to this category if they are established in Western Australia but it is feasible, or desirable, to manage them in order to limit their damage. Control measures can prevent a C3 pest from increasing in population size or density or moving from an area in which it is established into an area which currently is free of that pest.
A.1.6 Background Information and Conservation Codes
Reserves and Conservation Areas Department of Parks and Wildlife Managed Lands and Waters DPaW manages lands and waters throughout Western Australia to conserve ecosystems and species and to provide for recreation and appreciation of the natural environment. DPaW managed lands and waters include national parks, conservation parks and reserves, marine parks and reserves, regional parks, nature reserves, State forest and timber reserves. DPaW managed conservation estate is vested with the Conservation Commission of Western Australia. Access to, or through, some areas of DPaW managed lands may require a permit or could be restricted due to management activities. Proposed land use changes and development proposals that abut DPaW managed lands will generally be referred to DPaW throughout the assessment process.
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 67
Wetlands Wetlands includes not only lakes with open water, but areas of seasonally, intermittently or permanently waterlogged soil.
Ramsar Listed Wetlands The Convention of Wetlands of International Importance was signed in 1971 at the Iranian town of Ramsar. The Convention has since been referred to as the Ramsar Convention. Ramsar Listed wetlands are “sites containing representative, rare or unique wetlands, or wetlands that are important for conserving biological diversity because of their ecological, botanical, zoological, limnological or hydrological importance” (DotE 2014b). Once a Ramsar Listed Wetland is designated, the country agrees to manage its conservation and ensure its wise use. Under the Convention, wise use is broadly defined as “maintaining the ecological character of a wetland” (DotE 2014b).
Nationally Important Wetlands Wetlands of national significance are listed under the Directory of Important Wetlands in Australia. Nationally important wetlands are wetlands which meet at least one of the following criteria (DoE 2014a): It is a good example of a wetland type occurring within a biogeographic region in Australia; It is a wetland which plays an important ecological or hydrological role in the natural functioning of a major wetland system/complex; It is a wetland which is important as the habitat for animal taxa at a vulnerable stage in their life cycles, or provides a refuge when adverse conditions such as drought prevail;
The wetland supports one percent or more of the national populations of any native plant or animal taxa; The wetland supports native plant or animal taxa or communities which are considered endangered or vulnerable at the national level; The wetland is of outstanding historical or cultural significance.
A.1.7 Vegetation Extent and Status The National Objectives and Targets for Biodiversity Conservation 2001–2005 (Commonwealth of Australia 2001) recognise that the retention of 30 percent or more of the pre-clearing extent of each ecological community is necessary if Australia’s biological diversity is to be protected. This is the threshold level below which species loss appears to accelerate exponentially and loss below this level should not be permitted. This level of recognition is in keeping with the targets recommended in the review of the National Strategy for the Conservation of Australia’s Biological Diversity (ANZECC 2000) and in Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) Position Statement No. 2 on environmental protection of native vegetation in Western Australia (EPA 2000). From a purely biodiversity perspective and taking no account of any other land degradation issues, there are a number of key criteria now being applied to the clearing of native vegetation in Western Australia (EPA 2000): The “threshold level” below which species loss appears to accelerate exponentially at an ecosystem level is regarded as being at a level of 30 percent of the pre-European extent of the vegetation type.
68 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
A level of 10 percent of the original extent is regarded as being a level representing Endangered. Clearing which would put the threat level into the class below should be avoided. From a biodiversity perspective, stream reserves should generally be in the order of at least 200 metres wide. Within the Swan Coastal Plain, EPA Position Statement No. 9 (EPA 2006a) identifies vegetation complexes with 30 percent or less or their pre-clearing extent remaining in a bioregion, or 10 percent or less of their pre-clearing extent remaining in constrained areas (i.e. areas of urban development in cities and major town) on the Swan Coastal Plain, to be critical assets. The extent of remnant native vegetation has been assessed by Shepherd et al. (2002) and the Government of Western Australia (2013), based on broadscale vegetation association mapping by Beard (1979).
A.1.8 Conservation Codes Species of significant flora, fauna and communities are protected under both Federal and State Acts. The Federal EPBC Act provides a legal framework to protect and manage nationally important flora and communities. The State WC Act is the primary wildlife conservation legislation in Western Australia. Information on the conservation codes is summarised in the following sections.
Conservation Significant Communities Ecological communities are defined as naturally occurring biological assemblages that occur in a particular type of habitat (English and Blyth 1997). Federally listed Threatened Ecological Communities (TECs) are protected under the EPBC Act administered by the Department of the Environment (DotE) (formerly Department of Sustainability, Environment, Water, Population and Communities – DSEWPaC). The DPaW also maintains a list of TECs for Western Australia; some of which are also protected under the EPBC Act. TECs are ecological communities that have been assessed and assigned to one of four categories related to the status of the threat to the community, i.e. Presumed Totally Destroyed, Critically Endangered, Endangered and Vulnerable (Table A.3).
Possible TEC that do not meet survey criteria are added to the DPaW Priority Ecological Community (PEC) List under Priorities 1, 2 and 3 (Table A.4). These are ecological communities that are adequately known; are rare but not threatened, or meet criteria for Near Threatened. PECs that have been recently removed from the threatened list are placed in Priority 4. These ecological communities require regular monitoring. Conservation dependent ecological communities are placed in Priority 5. PECs are not listed under any formal Federal or State legislation.
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 69
Table A.3 Conservation Codes and Definitions for Threatened Ecological Communities Endorsed by the Western Australian Minister for the Environment and Listed under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Western Australia Conservation Categories Federal Government Conservation Categories (EPBC Act) Presumed The community has been found to be totally Critically If, at that time, it is Totally destroyed or so extensively modified Endangered facing an Destroyed throughout its range that no occurrence of it is (CR) extremely high (PD) likely to recover its species composition risk of extinction and/or structure in the foreseeable future. in the wild in the immediate future. Critically An ecological community that has been Endangered If, at that time, it is Endangered adequately surveyed and found to have been (EN) not critically (CR) subject to a major contraction in area and/or endangered and that was originally of limited distribution and is is facing a very facing severe modification or destruction high risk of throughout its range in the immediate future, extinction in the or is already severely degraded throughout its wild in the near range but capable of being substantially future. restored or rehabilitated Endangered An ecological community that has been Vulnerable If, at that time, it is (EN) adequately surveyed and found to have been (VU) not critically subject to a major contraction in area and/or endangered or was originally of limited distribution and is in endangered, and danger of significant modification throughout is facing a high its range or severe modification or destruction risk of extinction over most of its range in the near future. in the wild in the medium-term future. Vulnerable An ecological community that has been (VU) adequately surveyed and is found to be declining and/or has declined in distribution and/or condition and whose ultimate security has not yet been assured and/or a community that is still widespread but is believed likely to move into a category of higher threat in the near future if threatening processes continue or begin operating throughout its range.
70 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
Table A.4 Conservation Categories and Definitions for Priority Ecological Communities as Listed by the Department of Parks and Wildlife
Category Description
Priority 1 Poorly Known Ecological Communities. Ecological communities that are known from very few occurrences with a very restricted distribution (generally ≤5 occurrences or a total area of ≤100 ha). Occurrences are believed to be under threat either due to limited extent, or being on lands under immediate threat (e.g. within agricultural or pastoral lands, urban areas, active mineral leases) or for which current threats exist. May include communities with occurrences on protected lands. Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements, and/or are not well defined, and appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes across their range.
Priority 2 Poorly Known Ecological Communities. Communities that are known from few occurrences with a restricted distribution (generally ≤10 occurrences or a total area of ≤200 ha). At least some occurrences are not believed to be under immediate threat of destruction or degradation. Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements, and/or are not well defined, and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes.
Priority 3 Poorly Known Ecological Communities. (i) Communities that are known from several to many occurrences, a significant number or area of which are not under threat of habitat destruction or degradation or: (ii) communities known from a few widespread occurrences, which are either large or with significant remaining areas of habitat in which other occurrences may occur, much of it not under imminent threat, or; (iii) communities made up of large, and/or widespread occurrences, that may or may not be represented in the reserve system, but are under threat of modification across much of their range from processes such as grazing by domestic and/or feral stock, and inappropriate fire regimes. Communities may be included if they are comparatively well known from several localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and/or are not well defined, and known threatening processes exist that could affect them.
Priority 4 Ecological communities that are adequately known, rare but not threatened or meet criteria for Near Threatened, or that have been recently removed from the threatened list. These communities require regular monitoring. (i) Rare. Ecological communities known from few occurrences that are considered to have been adequately surveyed, or for which sufficient knowledge is available, and that are considered not currently threatened or in need of special protection, but could be if present circumstances change. These communities are usually represented on conservation lands. (ii) Near Threatened. Ecological communities that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and that do not qualify for Conservation Dependent, but that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable. (iii) Ecological communities that have been removed from the list of threatened communities during the past five years.
Priority 5 Conservation Dependent Ecological Communities. Ecological communities that are not threatened but are subject to a specific conservation program, the cessation of which would result in the community becoming threatened within five years.
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 71
Other Significant Vegetation Vegetation may be significant for a range of reasons, other than a statutory listing as TEC or because the extent is below a threshold level. The EPA (2004) states that significant vegetation may include vegetation that includes the following: Scarcity; Unusual species; Novel combinations of species; A role as a refuge; A role as a key habitat for Threatened species or large population representing a significant proportion of the local to regional total population of a species; Being representative of the range of a unit (particularly, a good local and/or regional example of a unit in ‘prime’ habitat, at the extremes of range, recently discovered range extensions, or isolated outliers of the main range); and. A restricted distribution. This may apply at a number of levels, so the unit may be significant when considered at the fine-scale (intra-locality), intermediate-scale (locality or inter-locality) or broad-scale (local to region).
Conservation Significant Flora and Fauna Species of significant flora are protected under both Federal and State legislation. Any activities that are deemed to have a significant impact on species that are recognised by the EPBC Act and/or the WC Act can warrant referral to the DotE and/or the EPA. According to the DPaW (WA Herbarium, 1998–): “Threatened flora are plants which have been assessed as being at risk of extinction. In Western Australia the term Declared Rare Flora (DRF) is applied to Threatened flora due to the laws regarding threatened flora conservation. The WC Act is the primary wildlife conservation legislation in the State and the Minster for the Environment can declare taxa (species, subspecies or variety) as “Rare Flora” if they are considered to be in danger of extinction, rare or otherwise in need of special protection.” For the purposes of this report, flora listed by the WC Act as DRF is described as Threatened. The Federal conservation level of flora and fauna species and their significance status is assessed under the EPBC Act (Table A.5). The significance levels for fauna used in the EPBC Act are those recommended by the International Union for the Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources (IUCN). The State conservation level of fauna species and their significance status is assessed under the State WC Act (Wildlife Conservation (Specially Protected Fauna) Notice 2010(2)). This Act uses a set of Schedules (Table A.6) but also classifies species using some of the IUCN categories. Schedule 3 fauna species are those which are “subject to an agreement between the Government of Australia and the Governments of Japan, China and the Republic of Korea relating to the protection of migratory birds, are declared to be fauna that is in need of special protection”. In Western Australia, the DPaW also maintains a list of Priority listed flora species. Conservation codes for Priority species are assigned by the DPaW to define the level of conservation significance (Table A.6) Priority species are not currently protected under the WC Act. For the purposes of this assessment, all species listed under the EPBC Act, WC Act and DPaW Priority species are considered conservation significant.
72 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
Table A.5 Conservation Categories and Definitions for Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 Listed Flora and Fauna Species
Conservation Definition Category Extinct Taxa not definitely located in the wild during the past 50 years.
Extinct in the Wild Taxa known to survive only in captivity.
Critically Taxa facing an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild in the Endangered immediate future.
Endangered Taxa facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild in the near future.
Vulnerable Taxa facing a high risk of extinction in the wild in the medium-term.
Near Threatened Taxa that risk becoming Vulnerable in the wild.
Conservation Taxa whose survival depends upon ongoing conservation measures. Dependent Without these measures, a conservation dependent taxon would be classified as Vulnerable or more severely threatened.
Data Deficient Taxa suspected of being Rare, Vulnerable or Endangered, but whose (Insufficiently true status cannot be determined without more information. Known) Least Concern Taxa that are not considered Threatened.
Table A.6 Conservation Codes and Descriptions for Western Australian Flora and Fauna
Code Conservation Description Category Wildlife Conservation Act 1950
T Schedule 1 Threatened Fauna (Fauna that is rare or is likely to become under the WC extinct) Act Threatened Flora (Declared Rare Flora – Extant) Taxa that have been adequately searched for and are deemed to be in the wild either rare, in danger of extinction, or otherwise in need of special protection, and have been gazetted as such. CR: Critically Endangered – considered to be facing an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild. EN: Endangered – considered to be facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild. VU: Vulnerable – considered to be facing a high risk of extinction in the wild.
X Schedule 2 Presumed Extinct Fauna under the WC Act Presumed Extinct Flora (Declared Rare Flora – Extinct) Taxa which have been adequately searched for and there is no reasonable doubt that the last individual has died, and have been gazetted as such.
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 73
Code Conservation Description Category
IA Schedule 3 Birds Protected Under An International Agreement. under the WC Birds that are subject to an agreement between governments of Act Australia and Japan relating to the protection of migratory birds and birds in danger of extinction.
S Schedule 4 Other Specially Protected Fauna. under the WC Fauna that is in need of special protection, otherwise than for the Act reasons mentioned in the above schedules. DPaW Priority Listed 1 Priority One: Taxa that are known from one or a few collections or sight records Poorly-known (generally less than five), all on lands not managed for conservation, taxa e.g. agricultural or pastoral lands, urban areas, Shire, Westrail and Main Roads WA road, gravel and soil reserves and active mineral leases and under threat of habitat destruction or degradation. Taxa may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and appear to be under immediate threat from known threatening processes. 2 Priority Two: Taxa that are known from one or a few collections or sight records, Poorly-known some of which are on lands not under imminent threat of habitat taxa destruction or degradation, e.g. national parks, conservation parks, nature reserves, State forest, vacant Crown land, water reserves, etc. Taxa may be included if they are comparatively well known from one or more localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and appear to be under threat from known threatening processes. 3 Priority Three: Taxa that are known from collections or sight records from several Poorly-known localities not under imminent threat, or from few but widespread taxa localities with either large population size or significant remaining areas of apparently suitable habitat, much of it not under imminent threat. Taxa may be included if they are comparatively well known from several localities but do not meet adequacy of survey requirements and known threatening processes exist that could affect them. 4 Priority Four: (a) Rare. Taxa that are considered to have been adequately Rare, Near surveyed, or for which sufficient knowledge is available, and that are Threatened considered not currently threatened or in need of special protection, and other taxa but could be if present circumstances change. These taxa are usually in need of represented on conservation lands. monitoring (b) Near Threatened. Taxa that are considered to have been adequately surveyed and that do not qualify for Conservation Dependent, but that are close to qualifying for Vulnerable. (c) Taxa that have been removed from the list of threatened species during the past five years for reasons other than taxonomy. 5 Priority Five: Taxa that are not threatened but are subject to a specific conservation Conservation program, the cessation of which would result in the taxon becoming Dependent threatened within five years. taxa
74 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
Migratory Species Listed Under the EPBC Act The EPBC Act also protects land and migratory species that are listed under International Agreements. The list of migratory species established under section 209 of the EPBC Act comprises: Migratory species which are native to Australia and are included in the appendices to the Bonn Convention (Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals Appendices I and II); Migratory species included in annexes established under the Japan-Australia Migratory Bird Agreement (JAMBA) and the China–Australia Migratory Bird Agreement (CAMBA); Native, migratory species identified in a list established under, or an instrument made under, an international agreement approved by the Minister, such as the republic of Korea–Australia Migratory Bird Agreement (ROKAMBA).
Other Significant Flora and Fauna Flora species, subspecies, varieties, hybrids and ecotypes may be significant for a range of reasons, other than as Threatened (Declared Rare) Flora or Priority Flora. The EPA (2004) states that significant flora may include taxa that have: A keystone role in a particular habitat for threatened species or supporting large populations representing a significant proportion of the local regional population of a species; Relic status; Anomalous features that indicate a potential new discovery;
Being representative of the range of a species (particularly, at the extremes of range, recently discovered range extensions, or isolated outliers of the main range); The presence of restricted subspecies, varieties, or naturally occurring hybrids;
Local endemism/a restricted distribution; Being poorly reserved; and The application of the degree of significance may apply at a range of scales.
Introduced Plants (Weeds)
Declared Pests Information on species considered to be Declared Pests is provided in Table A.2.
Weeds of National Significance The spread of weeds across a range of land uses or ecosystems is important in the context of socio-economic and environmental values. The assessment of Weeds of National Significance (WoNS) is based on four major criteria: Invasiveness; Impacts;
Potential for spread; and Socio-economic and environmental values.
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 75
Australian state and territory governments have identified 32 Weeds of National Significance (WoNS). A list of 20 WoNS was endorsed in 1999 and a further 12 were added in 2012 (Australian Government 2014).
Environmental Weeds “Environmental weeds are plants that establish themselves in natural ecosystems (marine, aquatic and terrestrial) and proceed to modify natural processes, usually adversely, resulting in the decline of the communities they invade” (CALM 1999). The Environmental Weed Strategy for Western Australia (EWSWA) was published in 1999. This document provides direction and an approach to tackling environmental weeds in Western Australia (CALM 1999). Following on from this strategy (in 2008), in an effort to address invasive weeds and implement an integrated approach to weed management on DPaW-managed lands in WA, the Weed Prioritisation Process was developed. A series of workshops were held in each of the nine DPaW regions with the purpose of scoring all weeds which occurred in each of the DPaW regions according to the following key attributes (DPaW 2013): Potential distribution and impact; Invasiveness; Current distribution; Feasibility of control;
Weed management ability; and Weed risk. This process resulted in the following five ratings for each weed species (DPaW 2013):
Very high (VH); High (H); Medium (M);
Low (L); and Negligible (N). The suggested management actions for each species ranged from no action required (the weed species ranking is as low as to not warrant any investment in regional strategic management actions), through targeted control to reduce infestation or spread, to species requiring state-wide eradication (DPaW 2013). The prioritisation for individual weeds within a DPaW region should be treated as a guide and does not diminish any other requirements of land managers or developers e.g. Declared Pest requirements of the BAM Act or Ministerial requirements under Part IV of the EP Act (DPaW 2013).
76 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
A.1.9 References Australia New Zealand Environment and Conservation Council (ANZECC) 2000, Core Environmental Indicators for Reporting on the State of Environment, ANZECC State of the Environment Reporting Task Force. Australian Government 2014, Weeds in Australia, retrieved 2014, from http://www.environment.gov.au/biodiversity/invasive/weeds/index.html.
Beard, J.S. (1976), Vegetation Survey of Western Australia – 1:250,000. The Vegetation of the Dongara Area, Western Australia. Commonwealth of Australia 2001, National Targets and Objectives for Biodiversity Conservation 2001–2005, Canberra, AGPS. Department of Conservation and Land Management (CALM) (1999), Environmental Weed Strategy for Western Australia, Como, Western Australia, Department of Conservation and Land Management. Department of Parks and Wildlife (DPaW) (2013), Weed Prioritisation Process, retrieved 2014, from http://www.dpaw.wa.gov.au/plants-and-animals/plants/weeds/156-how-does- dpaw-manage-weeds. Department of the Environment (DotE) )2014a), Criteria for determining nationally important wetlands, retrieved 2014, from http://www.environment.gov.au/topics/water/water-our- environment/wetlands/australian-wetlands-database/directory-important. Department of the Environment (DotE) (2014b), The Ramsar Convention on Wetlands, retrieved 2014, from http://www.environment.gov.au/topics/water/water-our- environment/wetlands/ramsar-convention-wetlands. Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) (2000), Environmental Protection of Native Vegetation in Western Australia. Clearing of native vegetation, with particular reference to the agricultural area. Position Statement No. 2, Perth, Environmental Protection Authority. Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) (2004), Guidance Statement No. 51, Guidance for the Assessment of Environmental Factors: Vegetation and Flora Surveys for Environmental Impact Assessment in Western Australia, Perth, Environmental Protection Authority. Environmental Protection Authority (EPA), (2006a), Position Statement No. 9: Environmental Offsets, Perth, Environmental Protection Authority.
Government of Western Australia (WA) (2013) 2012 Statewide Vegetation Statistics incorporating the CAR Reserve Analysis (Full Report): current as of October 2012, retrieved 2014, from https://www2.landgate.wa.gov.au/web/guest/downloader.
Shepherd, DP, Beeston, GR & Hopkins, AJM 2002, Native Vegetation in Western Australia – Extent, Type and Status, Resource Management Technical Report 249, Perth, Department of Agriculture. Western Australian Herbarium 1998–, FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife, retrieved 2014, from http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/.
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 77
Appendix B - Flora
Project Area Flora List
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 78
Table 26 Recorded Flora Taxa within the Project Area
Family Taxon Status SA1 SA2 SA3 SA4 SA5 SA6 SA7 SA8 ?Pittosporaceae ?Billardiera sp. awaiting id X Acanthaceae Dipteracanthus australasicus X Aizoaceae Mesembryanthemum crystallinum * X Aizoaceae Trianthema oxycalyptrum X Aizoaceae Trianthema triquetrum X Amaranthaceae Alternanthera nodiflora X Amaranthaceae Ptilotus divaricatus X X X X X Amaranthaceae Ptilotus gaudichaudii X Amaranthaceae Ptilotus helipteroides X X Amaranthaceae Ptilotus nobilis X Amaranthaceae Ptilotus obovatus X Amaranthaceae Ptilotus polakii X Amaranthaceae Ptilotus polystachyus X Apocynaceae Marsdenia australis X Asparagaceae Acanthocarpus verticillatus X X Asparagaceae Thysanotus patersonii X Asphodelaceae Asphodelus fistulosus * X X X X X X X Asteraceae Actinbole condensatum X Asteraceae Brachyscome onocarpa X Asteraceae Calotis multicaulis X Asteraceae Cephaleptrium dummondii X X X Asteraceae Gnephosis arachnoidea X X Asteraceae Hyalosperma glutinosum X X
79 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
Family Taxon Status SA1 SA2 SA3 SA4 SA5 SA6 SA7 SA8 Asteraceae Pluchea dunlopii X Asteraceae Pluchea rubelliflora X Asteraceae Podolepis canescens X Asteraceae Pogonolepos stricta X Asteraceae Pterocaulon sphacelatum X Asteraceae Trichanthodium scarlettianum X Asteraceae Urospermum picroides * X Brassicaceae Sisymbrium orientale * X Capparaceae Capparis umbonata X Chenopodiaceae Atriplex codonocarpus X X Chenopodiaceae Atriplex nummularia X Chenopodiaceae Atriplex semilunaris X X X Chenopodiaceae Atriplex vesicaria X X X Chenopodiaceae Chenopodium gaudichaudianum X Chenopodiaceae Dysphania melanocarpa X Chenopodiaceae Enchylaena tomentosa X X X X Chenopodiaceae Eremophea aggregata X Chenopodiaceae Eremophea aggregata X Chenopodiaceae Maireana aphylla X X Chenopodiaceae Maireana atkinsiana X Chenopodiaceae Maireana carnosa X Chenopodiaceae Maireana georgii X Chenopodiaceae Maireana planifolia X X Chenopodiaceae Maireana tomentosa X X
80 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
Family Taxon Status SA1 SA2 SA3 SA4 SA5 SA6 SA7 SA8 Chenopodiaceae Maireana trichoptera X X X Chenopodiaceae Rhagodia preissii subsp. obovata X X X X X X X X Chenopodiaceae Salsola tragus X X X X X X X X Chenopodiaceae Sclerolaena (sp. insufficient material) X Chenopodiaceae Sclerolaena costata X X Chenopodiaceae Sclerolaena densiflora X X Chenopodiaceae Sclerolaena diacantha X Chenopodiaceae Sclerolaena eurotioides X X X Chenopodiaceae Sclerolaena gardneri X Chenopodiaceae Sclerolaena recurvicuspis X Chenopodiaceae Tecticornia disarticulata X Chenopodiaceae Tecticornia halocnemoides X Chenopodiaceae Tecticornia pruinosa X Convolvulaceae Convolvulus remotus X Convolvulaceae Duperreya sericea X Cucurbitaceae Citrillus lanatus * X Cucurbitaceae Cucumis maderaspatanus X Euphorbiaceae Adriana tomentosa X Euphorbiaceae Euphorbia australis X Euphorbiaceae Euphorbia tannensis X Fabaceae Acacia cuspidifolia X X Fabaceae Acacia drepanophylla P3 X X X X X Fabaceae Acacia fuscaneura X Fabaceae Acacia galeata X
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 81
Family Taxon Status SA1 SA2 SA3 SA4 SA5 SA6 SA7 SA8 Fabaceae Acacia grasbyi X X X X X Fabaceae Acacia microcalyx X Fabaceae Acacia murrayana X Fabaceae Acacia ramulosa var. ramulosa X X X X Fabaceae Acacia sclerosperma subsp. glaucescens P3 X Fabaceae Acacia sclerosperma subsp. sclerosperma X X X X X X Fabaceae Acacia sclerosperma subsp. x hybrid X X Fabaceae Acacia sychronicia X X X X Fabaceae Acacia tetragonophylla X X X X X X X X Fabaceae Acacia xiphophylla X X X X Fabaceae Chorizema racemosum X X Fabaceae Indigofera monophylla X Fabaceae Parkinsonia aculeata *DP, WoNS X Fabaceae Senna artemidiodes subsp. helmsii X X X X Fabaceae Senna glutinosa subsp. glutinosa X Fabaceae Senna sp. Meekatharra (E. Bailey 1-26) X X X X Fabaceae Vachellia farnesiana * X Frankeniaceae Frankenia sp. (insufficient material) X X Geraniaceae Erodium sp. (insufficient informaiton) X Goodeniaceae Goodenia beardiana X X X X Goodeniaceae Scaevola spinescens X X X Goodeniaceae Scaevola tomentosa X X X X X X X Haloragaceae Haloragus gossei X Lamiaceae Spartothamnella teucriiflora X X X
82 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
Family Taxon Status SA1 SA2 SA3 SA4 SA5 SA6 SA7 SA8 Malvaceae Abutilon geranioides X Malvaceae Corchorus crozophorifolius X X X Malvaceae Sida calyxhymenia X Malvaceae Sida fibulifera X Myrtaceae Eucalyptus victrix X Papaveraceae Argemone ochroleuca *DP X Phyllanthaceae Phyllanthus erwinii X Plantaginaceae Stemodia florulenta X Plantaginaceae Stemodia viscosa X Poaceae Aristida contorta X X X X X X X X Poaceae Aristida holathera X X Poaceae Austrostipa nitida X Poaceae Cenchrus ciliaris * X X Poaceae Enneapogon caerulescens X X X X Poaceae Eragostis dielsii X Poaceae Monochather paradoxus X Poaceae Paspadlidium jubiflorum X Portulacaceae Calandrina translucens X X Portulaceae Portulaca oleracea X Proteaceae Hakea priessii X Santalaceae Exocarpos aphyllus X X Santalaceae Santalatum spicatum X X Santalaceae Santalum lanceolatum X X Sapindaceae Alectryon oleifolius X X X X
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 83
Family Taxon Status SA1 SA2 SA3 SA4 SA5 SA6 SA7 SA8 Scrophulariaceae Eremophila clarkei X Scrophulariaceae Eremophila crenulata X Scrophulariaceae Eremophila forresti subsp. forrestii X X X X X Scrophulariaceae Eremophila forrestii subsp. hastieana X X X Scrophulariaceae Eremophila latrobei subsp. latrobei X X X X X Scrophulariaceae Eremophila maitlandii X X Scrophulariaceae Eremophila pantonii X Scrophulariaceae Eremophila platcalyx X X Scrophulariaceae Eremophila pterocarpa subsp. pterocarpa X X Scrophulariaceae Eremophila strongylophylla X Scrophulariaceae Myoporum montanum X Solanaceae Datura leichhardtii *DP X Solanaceae Lycium australe X Solanaceae Solanum lasiophyllum X X X X X X X Solanaceae Solanum nigrum * X Solanaceae Solanum nummularium X X X X Surianaceae Stylobasium spathulatum X X Thymelaeaceae Pimelea microcephala X Zygophyllaceae Tribulus ?forrestii X X Zygophyllaceae Tribulus suberosus X X Zygophyllaceae Zygophllum retivalve X X X Zygophyllaceae Zygophyllum simile X Where: *= Weed, DP = Declared Plant, WoNS = Weed of national significance
84 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
Table 27 Likelihood of Occurrence Guiding Parametres
Likelihood of Guiding Parameters Occurrence Known Species previously recorded within the Study Areas. Likely Species is relatively wide spread, has been previously recorded within 10 km of the Project Area and suitable habitat occurs within the Project Area; OR Species is rare but has been previously recorded within 100 m of the Project Area and suitable habitat occurs at the Project Area.
Possible Species previously recorded within 10 km with suitable habitat occurring at the Project Area.
Unlikely Suitable habitat for the species does not occur at the Project Area; OR Suitable habitat does occur but the species has a highly restricted distribution, is very rare and only known from a limited number of populations. The Project Area is outside the species’ natural distribution.
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 85
Table 28 Conservation Significant Flora Likelihood Assessment
Family Taxon EPBC WC Act DPAW Description Habitat Desktop Assessment Field Assessment Act Status Status Status Aizoaceae Tetragonia coronata P3 Decumbent annual, herb. Red clay loam. Calcrete Possible: Nearest record Not recorded, Fl. yellow, July. outcrops. 6 km south of Study Areas 1 suitable habitat not and 2, and 10 km west of present. Study Area 7 (DPaW, 2007-). Asteraceae Angianthus P2 Decumbent or ascending Sandy or clayey soils. Salt Unlikely: Nearest record Not recorded, microcephalus annual, herb, 0.06-0.1 swamps and pans. 20 km west of Study Area 3 suitable habitat not (-0.21) m high. Fl. yellow, (DPaW, 2007-). present. Sep to Dec. Asteraceae Chthonocephalus P3 Annual, herb. Fl. yellow, Red-brown loam or sandy clay. Possible: Nearest record Not recorded. spathulatus Aug. Undulating plains. 11 km west of Study Area 4. Asteraceae Chthonocephalus P2 Prostrate to ascending Red sand. Undulating plains, Unlikely: Nearest record Not recorded. tomentellus annual, herb. Fl. yellow, sand dunes, near saline 15 km west of Study Area 8. Aug to Nov. depressions. Asteraceae Gnephosis sp. Billabong P1 Annual herb, flowers yellow. Clay soil. Possible: Nearest record Not recorded, (B. Nordenstam & A. 6 km south of Study Area 1. suitable soil type Anderberg 203) not present. Asteraceae Rhodanthe sp. P1 Annual herb, flowers yellow. Sandy loam. Possible: Nearest record 7km Not recorded, Overlander (P.S. Short west of Study Area 2. suitable soil type 2096) not present. Asteraceae Schoenia filifolia subsp. P1 Erect, single-stemmed Sand, red clay. Sub-coastal Unlikely: Nearest record Not recorded, arenicola annual, herb, to 0.5 m high. sand ridges. 15 km north west of Study suitable habitat Fl. yellow, Aug to Sep. Area 8. type not present. Asteraceae Sondottia glabrata P2 Annual to five cm, sparse, Flat, claypan. Clay, coastal Possible: Nearest record Not recorded, yellow stems. estuary. 6 km north of Study Area 3. suitable habitat type not present. Brassicaceae Lepidium biplicatum P2 Upright herb, 0.2 m high by Flat. Limestone. Brown sand. Possible: Nearest record Not recorded. 0.05 m wide. Four petal On deep, pale red silty sand 1 km north of Study Area 3. white flowers. with limestone. Brassicaceae Lepidium scandens P3 Weak, ascending or twining Red sand, clay. Unlikely: Nearest record Not recorded. shrub, 0.4-2 m high. Fl. 15 km south west of Study white, Aug to Sep. Area 8.
86 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
Family Taxon EPBC WC Act DPAW Description Habitat Desktop Assessment Field Assessment Act Status Status Status Chenopodiaceae Atriplex spinulosa P1 Monoeciouos, erect, On slopes of creek, Clay flats. Possible: Nearest record Not recorded, soil rounded annual, herb, 5 km north of Study Area 8. type not present. 0.2 m high. Chenopodiaceae Sclerolaena stylosa Rounded shrub, 0.2-0.5 m Light orange sandy clay, Unlikely: Nearest record Not recorded, high. limestone origin, in low 15 km north of Study Area 2. habitat type not undulating hills. present. Fabaceae Acacia drepanophylla P3 Perennial erect shrub with Red sand with limestone Likely: Recorded with Recorded from height 4.5 m and width four pavement. Study Areas 1, 2 and 3. Study Areas 1, 2 metres. and 3. Fabaceae Acacia sclerosperma P3 Shrub to one metre, dense, Light-brown sandy loam. Likely: Previously recorded Recorded from subsp. glaucescens leaves simple, large pods by GHD 2012, within the Study Area 3. with circular sections. western boundary of Study Area 3. Fabaceae Jacksonia velutina P4 Erect, broom-like shrub, Yellow sand. Sandplains and Unlikely: Nearest record Not recorded, soil 0.3-1.5 m high. Fl. yellow/ sandhills. 112 km south of Study Area 1. type not present. orange & red, Aug to Sep. Frankeniaceae Frankenia glomerata P3 Prostrate shrub. Fl. pink- White sand. Unlikely: Nearest record Not recorded, soil white, Nov. 112 km south-east of Study type not present. Area 1. Goodeniaceae Scaevola chrysopogon P2 Perennial shrub 10 cm high Dry brown sand, red sand. Possible: Nearest record Not recorded. x five cm wide. Fl. white. Ridge and plain on ridgeland. 10 km West of Study Area 3. Lamiaceae Dasymalla glutinosa P3 Resinous green shrub with Sandplain, relatively flat. Soil Unlikely: Nearest record Not recorded, soil white yellow dry sand. 12 km South of Study Area 1. type not present. Lamiaceae Dicrastylis linearifolia P3 Dense shrub. Height 3.5 m Flat plain. Red sandy loam. Possible: Nearest record Not recorded. and width four metres. eight km west of Study Area 1. Lamiaceae Dicrastylis sp. Denham P1 Dwarf shrub Grey Sand. Unlikely: Nearest record Not recorded, soil (M. Lewis 42/92) 80 km north west of Study type not present. Areas 1 and 2. Malvaceae Abutilon sp. Pritzelianum P1 Tall spindly shrub or robust Red-brown sand. Sandplain Unlikely: Nearest record Not recorded. (S. van Leeuwen 5095) herb up to two metres. with orange brown sandy 17 km west of Study Area 8. loam.
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 87
Family Taxon EPBC WC Act DPAW Description Habitat Desktop Assessment Field Assessment Act Status Status Status Malvaceae Abutilon sp. Hamelin P2 Shrub, 0.08-0.5 m high. Fl. Sand or loam. Limestone Unlikely: Nearest record Not recorded, (A.M. Ashby 2196) yellow/orange & brown, Jul rises. 25 km west of Study Area 1. habitat type not to Sep. present. Myrtaceae Chamelaucium sp. P3 Low, spreading shrub to On low sandy rises at edge of Unlikely: Nearest record Not recorded, Wongan Hills (B.H. Smith 40 cm tall and two metes salt lake. 110 km south of Study Area 1. habitat type not 1140) wide. Magenta. present. Myrtaceae Eucalyptus beardiana Vu S1 Mallee, three to five metres Red or yellow sand. Sand Unlikely: Nearest record Not recorded. high, bark smooth. Fl. dunes & ridges. 30 km south of Study Area 1. cream-white, Aug to Sep. Myrtaceae Thryptomene wittweri Vu S1 Spreading or rounded Skeletal red stony soils. Unlikely: Nearest record Not recorded, shrub, 0.5-1.5(-2.1) m high. Breakaways, stony creek 300 km east of Study Area 8. habitat type not Fl. white-cream, Apr or Jul beds. present. or Aug. Myrtaceae Verticordia dichroma var. P3 Erect, spindly or spreading Hillside, gentle slope halfway Possible: Nearest record Not recorded, dichroma shrub to 1.5 m tall. Rusty to hollow. Soil yellow dry eight km south of Study Area habitat type not red flowers. sand. 1. present. Orchidaceae Caladenia hoffmanii En S1 Tuberous, perennial, herb, Clay, loam, laterite, granite. Unlikely: Nearest record Not recorded, 0.13-0.3 m high. Fl. green Rocky outcrops and hillsides, 141 km south of Study Area 1. habitat type not & yellow & red, Aug to Oct. ridges, swamps and gullies. present. Poaceae Sporobolus blakei P3 Tufted perennial, grass-like Red sandy clay, loam. Creeks. Unlikely: Nearest record Not recorded, or herb, 0.45-0.6 m high. 40 km north of Study Area 8. habitat type not Fl. green-purple, Mar or Jun present. to Jul. Polygonaceae Rumex crystallinus P2 Decumbent open annual. On exposed red mud, edges of Unlikely: Nearest record Not recorded, Flowers green. large clay pan. 20 km north of Study Area 8. habitat type not present. Portulacaceae Calandrinia operta P1 Semi-erect annual herb thre Fringe area of small bentonite Possible: Nearest record Not recorded, to five cm high by four to lake. Grey silty loam. Edge of two km east of Study Area 3. habitat type not seven cm wide. Flowers saline drainage. Brown sandy present. pale yellow. loam over limestone. Portulacaceae Calandrinia vernicosa P2 Annual, prostrate herb. Plains, slightly undulating. Unlikely: Nearest record Not recorded. 15 cm high and 25 cm wide. Red-orange sandy loam. 41 km south of Study Area 1. Fl. pink.
88 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
Family Taxon EPBC WC Act DPAW Description Habitat Desktop Assessment Field Assessment Act Status Status Status Proteaceae Grevillea rogersoniana P3 Upright shrub, 0.8 m high Undulating. Red sand. Orange Unlikely: Nearest record Not recorded. and 1.5 m wide. Deep pink sand on slope. 13 km south west of Study flower head. Area 1. Scrophulariaceae Eremophila shonae P3 Erect, open, straggly shrub, Stony yellow or red sandy Unlikely: Nearest record Not recorded. subsp. diffusa up to 0.4 m high. Fl. purple, soils. 300 km east of Study Area 5. Aug to Oct.
Source: Western Australian Herbarium (1998-). FloraBase—the Western Australian Flora. Department of Parks and Wildlife. http://florabase.dpaw.wa.gov.au/
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 89
Appendix C - Fauna
Project Area Fauna List
Conservation Significant Fauna Likelihood Assessment
90 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
Table 29 Fauna Records from Database Searches and Observed Taxa from Project Area
Type Family Genus Species Common Name EPBC WC Act DPaW Source SA1 SA2 SA3 SA4 SA5 SA6 SA7 SA8 Act Status Status Status Amphibians Hylidae Litoria rubella Little Red Tree Frog NM Amphibians Limnodynastidae Neobatrachus wilsmorei Plonking Frog NM Amphibians Limnodynastidae Neobatrachus fulvus Tawny Trilling Frog NM Amphibians Myobatrachidae Pseudophryne occidentalis Western Toadlet NM Birds Acanthizidae Acanthiza apicalis Broad-tailed Thornbill NM Birds Acanthizidae Acanthiza chrysorrhoa Yellow-rumped Thornbill NM X X Birds Acanthizidae Acanthiza iredalei Slender-billed Thornbill NM Birds Acanthizidae Acanthiza uropygialis Chestnut-rumped Thornbill NM Birds Acanthizidae Calamanthus campestris Rufous Fieldwren NM Birds Acanthizidae Aphelocephala leucopsis Southern Whiteface NM Birds Acanthizidae Pyrrholaemus brunneus Redthroat NM Birds Accipitridae Haliaeetus leucogaster White-bellied Sea-Eagle Mi; Ma S3 EPBC Birds Accipitridae Accipiter cirrocephalus Collared Sparrowhawk NM X Birds Accipitridae Aquila audax Wedge-tailed Eagle NM X Birds Accipitridae Circus approximans Swamp Harrier Ma NM Birds Accipitridae Circus assimilis Spotted Harrier NM Birds Accipitridae Haliastur sphenurus Whistling Kite Ma NM X X X Birds Accipitridae Haliastur indus Brahminy Kite Ma NM Birds Accipitridae Milvus migrans Black Kite NM Birds Alaudidae Anas superciliosa Pacific Black Duck NM Birds Anatidae Anas gracilis Grey Teal NM Birds Anatidae Anas rhynchotis Australasian Shoveler NM Birds Anatidae Aythya australis Hardhead NM Birds Anatidae Biziura lobata Musk Duck NM
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 91
Type Family Genus Species Common Name EPBC WC Act DPaW Source SA1 SA2 SA3 SA4 SA5 SA6 SA7 SA8 Act Status Status Status Birds Anatidae Chenonetta jubata Australian Wood Duck NM Birds Anatidae Cygnus atratus Black Swan NM Birds Anatidae Dendrocygna arcuata Wandering Whistling Duck NM Birds Anatidae Dendrocygna eytoni Plumed Whistling Duck NM Birds Anatidae Malacorhynchus membranaceus Pink-eared Duck NM Birds Anatidae Mirafra javanica Horsfield's Bushlark NM Birds Anatidae Stictonetta naevosa Freckled Duck NM Birds Anatidae Tadorna tadornoides Australian Shelduck NM Birds Apodidae Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift EPBC Birds Ardeidae Ardea alba Great Egret Mi; Ma S3 EPBC Birds Ardeidae Ardea ibis Cattle Egret Mi; Ma S3 EPBC Birds Ardeidae Ardea pacifica White-necked Heron NM Birds Ardeidae Ardea intermedia Intermediate Egret Ma NM Birds Ardeidae Ardea modesta Eastern Great Egret Mi; Ma S3 NM Birds Ardeidae Butorides striatus Mangrove Heron NM Birds Artamidae Artamus cinereus Black-faced Woodswallow NM Birds Artamidae Artamus cyanopterus Dusky Woodswallow NM Birds Artamidae Artamus leucorynchus White-breasted NM Woodswallow Birds Artamidae Artamus personatus Masked Woodswallow NM Birds Campephagidae Coracina novaehollandiae Black-faced Cuckoo-shrike Ma NM Birds Campephagidae Psophodes occidentalis Chiming Wedgebill NM X X X X Birds Casuariidae Dromaius novaehollandiae Emu NM Birds Charadriidae Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover Mi; Ma S3 EPBC Birds Charadriidae Charadrius ruficapillus Red-capped Plover Mi; Ma S3 NM
92 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
Type Family Genus Species Common Name EPBC WC Act DPaW Source SA1 SA2 SA3 SA4 SA5 SA6 SA7 SA8 Act Status Status Status Birds Charadriidae Charadrius veredus Oriental Plover Mi; Ma S3 EPBC Birds Charadriidae Erythrogonys cinctus Red-kneed Dotterel NM Birds Charadriidae Vanellus tricolor Banded Lapwing NM X Birds Cinclosomatidae Psophodes occidentalis Chiming Wedgebill NM X X Birds Columbidae Columba livia Rock Pigeon EPBC Birds Columbidae Geopelia cuneata Diamond Dove NM Birds Columbidae Geopelia striata Zebra Dove NM Birds Columbidae Ocyphaps lophotes Crested Pigeon NM X X X X Birds Columbidae Phaps chalcoptera Common Bronzewing NM Birds Columbidae Streptopelia senegalensis Laughing Turtle-dove EPBC Birds Corvidae Corvus bennetti Little Crow NM Birds Corvidae Corvus coronoides Australian Raven NM Birds Corvidae Corvus orru Torresian Crow NM X X X X Birds Corvidae Cracticus nigrogularis Pied Butcherbird NM Birds Cracticidae Cracticus torquatus Grey Butcherbird NM Birds Cuculidae Cacomantis pallidus Pallid Cuckoo NM Birds Cuculidae Chrysococcyx basalis Horsfield’s Bronze-Cuckoo Ma NM X Birds Dicaeidae Dicaeum hirundinaceum Mistletoebird NM Birds Dicruridae Grallina cyanoleuca Magpie-lark NM Birds Dicruridae Rhipidura fuliginosa Grey Fantail NM Birds Dicruridae Rhipidura leucophrys Willie Wagtail NM X X X X Birds Dicruridae Rhipidura phasiana Mangrove Grey Fantail NM Birds Diomedeidae Diomedea exulans subsp. Tristan Albatross En; Mi; S1 EPBC exulans Ma Birds Diomedeidae Thalassarche carteri Indian Yellow-nosed En; Mi; S1 EPBC Albatross Ma
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 93
Type Family Genus Species Common Name EPBC WC Act DPaW Source SA1 SA2 SA3 SA4 SA5 SA6 SA7 SA8 Act Status Status Status Birds Diomedeidae Thalassarche cauta subsp. steadi White-capped Albatross En; Mi; S1 EPBC Ma Birds Diomedeidae Thalassarche cauta subsp. cauta Tasmanian Shy Albatross En; Mi; S1 EPBC Ma Birds Diomedeidae Thalassarche melanophris Black-browed Albatross Vu; Mi; S1 EPBC Ma Birds Diomedeidae Thalassarche melanophris subsp. Campbell Albatross Vu; Mi; S1 EPBC impavida Ma Birds Dromaiidae Dromaius novaehollandiae Emu NM X X X X X Birds Estrilidae Taeniopygia guttata Zebra Finch NM X Birds Falconidae Falco berigora Brown Falcon NM Birds Falconidae Falco cenchroides Australian Kestrel NM Birds Falconidae Falco longipennis Australian Hobby NM Birds Glareolidae Glareola maldivarum Oriental Pratincole NM Birds Glareolidae Stiltia isabella Australian Pratincole NM Birds Halcyonidae Todiramphus sanctus Sacred Kingfisher NM Birds Hirundinidae Hirundo neoxena Welcome Swallow Mi; Ma S3 NM Birds Hirundinidae Petrochelidon nigricans Tree Martin NM X Birds Laridae Sterna caspia Caspian Tern EPBC Birds Maluridae Malurus lamberti Variegated Fairy-wren NM X X Birds Maluridae Malurus leucopterus White-winged Fairy-wren NM X Birds Maluridae Malurus splendens Splendid Fairy-wren NM Birds Megapodiidae Leipoa ocellata Malleefowl Vu S1 EPBC Birds Meliphagidae Acanthagenys rufogularis Spiny-cheeked Honeyeater NM Birds Meliphagidae Certhionyx variegatus Pied Honeyeater NM Birds Meliphagidae Epthianura albifrons White-fronted Chat NM
94 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
Type Family Genus Species Common Name EPBC WC Act DPaW Source SA1 SA2 SA3 SA4 SA5 SA6 SA7 SA8 Act Status Status Status Birds Meliphagidae Epthianura tricolor Crimson Chat NM Birds Meliphagidae Gavicalis Virescens Singing Honeyeater X X X X Birds Meliphagidae Lichmera indistincta Brown Honeyeater NM Birds Meliphagidae Purnella albifrons White-fronted Honeyeater NM Birds Meliphagidae Purnella albifrons White-fronted Honeyeater NM Birds Meliphagidae Sugomel niger Black Honeyeater NM Birds Meropidae Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater Mi; Ma S3 EPBC Birds Motacillidae Anthus novaeseelandiae Australasian Pipit NM X Birds Muridae Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift Mi; Ma S3 EPBC Birds Muridae Ardea alba Great Egret Mi; Ma S3 EPBC Birds Muridae Ardea ibis Cattle Egret EPBC Birds Otididae Ardeotis australis Australian Bustard P4 NM Birds Pachycephalidae Colluricincla harmonica Grey Shrike-thrush NM Birds Pachycephalidae Oreoica gutturalis Crested Bellbird NM Birds Pachycephalidae Pachycephala lanioides White-breasted Whistler NM Birds Pachycephalidae Pachycephala rufiventris Rufous Whistler Ma NM X Birds Pandionidae Pandion haliaetus Osprey EPBC Birds Pelecanidae Pelecanus conspicillatus Australian Pelican NM Birds Petroicidae Petroica goodenovii Red-capped Robin NM Birds Phalacrocoracidae Phalacrocorax carbo Great Cormorant NM Birds Phalacrocoracidae Phalacrocorax sulcirostris Little Black Cormorant NM Birds Phalacrocoracidae Phalacrocorax varius Pied Cormorant NM Birds Phasianidae Coturnix pectoralis Stubble Quail NM Birds Podargidae Podargus strigoides Tawny Frogmouth NM Birds Podicipedidae Poliocephalus poliocephalus Hoary-headed Grebe NM
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 95
Type Family Genus Species Common Name EPBC WC Act DPaW Source SA1 SA2 SA3 SA4 SA5 SA6 SA7 SA8 Act Status Status Status Birds Podicipedidae Tachybaptus novaehollandiae Australasian Grebe NM Birds Pomatostomidae Pomatostomus superciliosus White-browed Babbler NM X X Birds Procellaridae Himantopus himantopus Black-winged Stilt EPBC Birds Procellaridae Macronectes giganteus Southern Giant-Petrel En; Mi; S1 EPBC Ma Birds Procellariidae Macronectes halli Northern Giant-Petrel En; Mi; S1 EPBC Ma Birds Procellariidae Pterodroma mollis Soft-plumaged Petrel Mi; Ma S3 EPBC Birds Procellariidae Puffinus carneipes Flesh-footed Shearwater Mi; Ma S3 EPBC Birds Psittacidae Cacatua roseicapilla Galah NM X X Birds Psittacidae Cacatua sanguinea Little Corella NM Birds Psittacidae Melopsittacus undulatus Budgerigar NM Birds Psittacidae Nymphicus hollandicus Cockatiel NM Birds Psittacidae Platycercus zonarius Australian Ringneck, Ring- NM necked Parrot Birds Psittacidae Psephotus varius Mulga Parrot NM X Birds Pygopodidae Delma tincta NM Birds Pygopodidae Pygopus nigriceps NM Birds Rallidae Fulica atra Eurasian Coot NM Birds Rallidae Gallirallus philippensis Buff-banded Rail NM Birds Rallidae Porzana fluminea Australian Spotted Crake NM Birds Recurvirostridae Cladorhynchus leucocephalus Banded Stilt NM Birds Recurvirostridae Himantopus himantopus Black-winged Stilt Ma NM Birds Recurvirostridae Recurvirostra novaehollandiae Red-necked Avocet Ma NM Birds Scolopacidae Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper Mi; Ma S3 EPBC Birds Scolopacidae Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone Mi; Ma S3 NM
96 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
Type Family Genus Species Common Name EPBC WC Act DPaW Source SA1 SA2 SA3 SA4 SA5 SA6 SA7 SA8 Act Status Status Status Birds Scolopacidae Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper Mi; Ma S3 NM Birds Scolopacidae Calidris canutus Red Knot Mi; Ma S3 EPBC Birds Scolopacidae Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper Mi; Ma S3 NM Birds Scolopacidae Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint Mi; Ma S3 NM Birds Scolopacidae Heteroscelus brevipes Grey-tailed Tattler Mi; Ma S3 EPBC Birds Scolopacidae Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit Mi; Ma S3 EPBC Birds Scolopacidae Limosa limosa Black-tailed Godwit Mi; Ma S3 NM Birds Scolopacidae Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel Mi; Ma S3 EPBC Birds Scolopacidae Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew Mi; Ma S3 NM Birds Scolopacidae Tringa brevipes Grey-tailed Tattler Mi; Ma S3 NM Birds Scolopacidae Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper Mi; Ma S3 NM Birds Scolopacidae Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank Mi; Ma S3 NM Birds Scolopacidae Xenus cinereus Terek Sandpiper Mi; Ma S3 EPBC Birds Sylviidae Acrocephalus australis Australian Reed Warbler Ma NM Birds Sylviidae Cincloramphus cruralis Brown Songlark NM Birds Sylviidae Cincloramphus mathewsi Rufous Songlark NM Birds Sylviidae Megalurus gramineus Little Grassbird NM Birds Threskiornithidae Platalea flavipes Yellow-billed Spoonbill NM Birds Threskiornithidae Platalea regia Royal Spoonbill NM Birds Threskiornithidae Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis Mi; Ma S3 NM Birds Threskiornithidae Threskiornis molucca Australian White Ibis Ma NM Birds Threskiornithidae Threskiornis spinicollis Straw-necked Ibis Ma NM Birds Turnicidae Turnix velox Little Button-quail NM Birds Typhlopidae Ramphotyphlops leptosoma NM Birds Varanidae Varanus caudolineatus NM
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 97
Type Family Genus Species Common Name EPBC WC Act DPaW Source SA1 SA2 SA3 SA4 SA5 SA6 SA7 SA8 Act Status Status Status Birds Zosteropidae Zosterops lateralis Grey-breasted White-eye NM Birds Zosteropidae Zosterops luteus Yellow White-eye * NM Mammals Bovidae Bos spp. NM X X X X X Mammals Bovidae Capra hircus Goat * EPBC X X X X X X Mammals Canidae Vulpes vulpes Red Fox EPBC Mammals Dasyuridae Sminthopsis macroura Stripe-faced Dunnart NM Mammals Dasyuridae Sminthopsis dolichura Little long-tailed Dunnart * NM Mammals Felidae Felis catus Cat * EPBC Mammals Leporidae Oryctolagus cuniculus Rabbit EPBC X X Mammals Macropodidae Macropus robustus Euro, Biggada NM X X X X X X X Mammals Macropodidae Macropus rufus Red Kangaroo * NM Mammals Muridae Mus musculus House Mouse EPBC Mammals Muridae Notomys alexis Spinifex Hopping-mouse NM Mammals Muridae Pseudomys hermannsburgensis Sandy Inland Mouse NM Mammals Vespertilionidae Chalinolobus gouldii Gould's Wattled Bat NM Mammals Vespertilionidae Nyctophilus geoffroyi Lesser Long-eared Bat NM Reptiles Agamidae Amphibolurus longirostris Long-nosed Dragon NM Reptiles Agamidae Ctenophorus maculatus Spotted Military Dragon NM Reptiles Agamidae Ctenophorus maculatus Spotted Military Dragon NM Reptiles Agamidae Ctenophorus nuchalis Central Netted Dragon NM Reptiles Agamidae Ctenophorus reticulatus Western Netted Dragon NM X Reptiles Agamidae Ctenophorus scutulatus Lozenge-marked Dragon NM X X Reptiles Agamidae Moloch horridus Thorny Devil NM Reptiles Artamidae Pogona minor Dwarf Bearded Dragon NM Reptiles Boidae Antaresia stimsoni Stimson's Python NM
98 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
Type Family Genus Species Common Name EPBC WC Act DPaW Source SA1 SA2 SA3 SA4 SA5 SA6 SA7 SA8 Act Status Status Status Reptiles Diplodactylidae Diplodactylus klugei NM Reptiles Diplodactylidae Lucasium squarrosum NM Reptiles Diplodactylidae Rhynchoedura ornata Western Beaked Gecko NM Reptiles Diplodactylidae Strophurus strophurus NM Reptiles Diplodactylidae Strophurus strophurus NM Reptiles Elapidae Pseudonaja mengdeni Western Brown Snake NM Reptiles Elapidae Suta fasciata Rosen's Snake NM Reptiles Elapidae Simoselaps bertholdi Jan's Banded Snake NM Reptiles Elapidae Pseudonaja mengdeni Western Brown Snake NM Reptiles Elapidae Pseudonaja modesta Ringed Brown Snake NM Reptiles Elapidae Parasuta monachus NM Reptiles Elapidae Neelaps bimaculatus Black-naped Snake NM Reptiles Elapidae Demansia calodera Black-necked Whipsnake NM Reptiles Elapidae Brachyurophis approximans North-western Shovel- NM nosed Snake Reptiles Gekkonidae Gehyra variegata NM Reptiles Gekkonidae Heteronotia binoei Bynoe's Gecko NM Reptiles Pygopodidae Delma australis NM Reptiles Recurvirostridae Ctenotus schomburgkii NM Reptiles Recurvirostridae Egernia depressa Southern Pygmy Spiny- NM tailed Skink Reptiles Recurvirostridae Himantopus himantopus Black-winged Stilt NM Reptiles Scincidae Ctenotus severus NM Reptiles Scincidae Ctenotus mimetes NM Reptiles Scincidae Ctenotus schomburgkii NM Reptiles Scincidae Ctenotus severus NM
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 99
Type Family Genus Species Common Name EPBC WC Act DPaW Source SA1 SA2 SA3 SA4 SA5 SA6 SA7 SA8 Act Status Status Status Reptiles Scincidae Egernia depressa Southern Pygmy Spiny- NM tailed Skink Reptiles Scincidae Egernia stokesii subsp. Western Spiny-tailed Skink Vu S1 EPBC badia Reptiles Scincidae Eremiascincus richardsonii Broad-banded Sand NM Swimmer Reptiles Scincidae Lerista connivens NM Reptiles Scincidae Lerista macropisthopus NM Reptiles Scincidae Lerista micra NM Reptiles Scincidae Lerista uniduo Spotted Broad-blazed NM Slider Reptiles Scincidae Menetia greyii NM Reptiles Scincidae Morethia butleri NM Reptiles Scincidae Morethia lineoocellata NM Reptiles Varanidae Varanus Spp. X
100 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
Table 30 Likelihood Assessment Criteria
Assessment Description Outcome
Present Species recorded during the field survey or from recent, reliable records from within the Study Areas. Likely Species are likely to occur in the Study Areas where there is suitable habitat within the Study Areas and there are recent records of occurrence of the species in close proximity to the Project Area; OR Species known distribution overlaps with the Study Areas and there is suitable habitat within the Study Area.
Unlikely Species assessed as unlikely include: those species previously recorded within the search area (10 km desktop buffer), however: there is limited (i.e. the type, quality and quantity of the habitat is generally poor or restricted) habitat in the Project Area; the suitable habitat within the Project Area is isolated from other areas of suitable habitat and the species has no capacity to migrate into the Study Areas; OR those species that have a known distribution overlapping with the Project Area, however: there is limited (i.e. the type, quality and quantity of the habitat is generally poor or restricted) habitat in the Project Area; and the suitable habitat within the Study Areas is isolated from other areas of suitable habitat and the species has no capacity to migrate into the Study Areas.
Highly unlikely Species that are considered highly unlikely to occur in the Study Areas include those species: that have no suitable habitat within the Study Areas; that have become locally extinct, or are not known to have ever been present in the region of the Study Areas.
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 101
Table 31 Conservation Significant Fauna Likelihood Assessment
Species Common EPBC WC Act DPAW Description and Habitat Requirements Likelihood of References Field Name Name Status Status Status Occurrence Assessment Ardea Eastern Ma; Mi S3 The Eastern Egret has been reported in a wide range of wetland Unlikely: Species or Marchant, S. and Not modesta Egret habitats (for example inland and coastal, freshwater and saline, species habitat may Higgins, P.J. (1990). recorded. permanent and ephemeral, open and vegetated, large and small, occur within 10 km of all Handbook of Australian, natural and artificial). These include swamps and marshes; Study Areas (EPBC New Zealand and margins of rivers and lakes; damp or flooded grasslands, PMST). Species has Antarctic Birds. Volume pastures or agricultural lands; reservoirs; sewage treatment been recorded within One - Ratites to Ducks. ponds; drainage channels; salt pans and salt lakes; salt 10 km of Study Area 8 Melbourne, Victoria: marshes; estuarine mudflats, tidal streams; mangrove swamps; (DPaW, 2007-). No Oxford University coastal lagoons; and offshore reefs. The Eastern Egret may suitable habitat identified Press. retreat to permanent wetlands or coastal areas when other in Study Area 8. wetlands are dry (for example, during drought). This may occur annually in some regions with regular wet and dry seasons or erratically where the availability of wetland habitat is also erratic (Marchant and Higgins 1990).
Ardea alba Great Egret Ma;Mi S3 The Great Egret is widespread in Australia. They have been Unlikely: Species or Morcombe M, (2004). Not reported in a wide range of wetland habitats, include swamps species habitat may Field Guide to recorded. and marshes; margins of rivers and lakes; damp or flooded occur within 10 km of all Australian Birds. Steve grasslands, pasture or agricultural lands; reservoirs; sewerage Study Areas (EPBC Parish Publishing treatment ponds; drainage channels; salt pans; salt marshes; PMST). Species closest Archer Field mangrove, and a range of coastal/marine habitats (DSEWPaC, record 120 km South of Queensland Australia 2013). Study Area 1 (DPaW, 2007-). No suitable habitat identified in Study Area 1. Ardea ibis Cattle Egret Ma;Mi S3 The Cattle Egret is a common and widespread species. Typical Unlikely: Species or Morcombe M, (2004). Not habitat includes tropical and temperate grasslands, wooded species habitat may Field Guide to recorded. lands and terrestrial wetlands. It often forages away from water occur within 10 km of all Australian Birds. Steve on low lying grasslands, improved pastures and croplands and Study Areas (EPBC Parish Publishing roosts in trees, or amongst ground vegetation in or near lakes PMST). Species closest Archer Field and swamps (Morcombe, 2004). record 80 km North of Queensland Australia Study Area 8 (DPaW, 2007-).
102 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
Species Common EPBC WC Act DPAW Description and Habitat Requirements Likelihood of References Field Name Name Status Status Status Occurrence Assessment Actitis Common Ma;Mi S3 Habitat for this species is varied: coastal and interior wetlands – Unlikely: Species has Morcombe M, (2004). Not hypoleucos Sandpiper narrow muddy edges of billabongs, river pools, mangroves, been recorded within Field Guide to recorded. among rocks and snags, reefs or rocky beaches. Avoids wide 10 km of Study Areas 6 Australian Birds. Steve open mudflats. This species is widespread and scattered, and 7 (DPaW, 2007-). Parish Publishing common on the north and west coasts and uncommon in the No suitable habitat Archer Field south-east and interior (Morcombe, 2004). Foraging identified in Study Queensland Australia environments: Generally the species forages in shallow water Areas 6 and 7. and on bare soft mud at the edges of wetlands; often where obstacles project from substrate, e.g. rocks or mangrove roots. Birds sometimes venture into grassy areas adjoining wetlands (Higgins & Davies 1996). Roost sites: Roost sites are typically on rocks or in roots or branches of vegetation, especially mangroves. The species is known to perch on posts, jetties, moored boats and other artificial structures, and to sometimes rest on mud or 'loaf' on rocks (Higgins and Davies 1996). Anous Australian Ma;Mi; S1 The Australian Lesser Noddy is usually found only around its Unlikely: Species Higgins, P.J. and Not recorded tenuirostris Lesser Vu breeding islands in the Houtman Abrolhos Islands in Western closest record 80 km S.J.J.F. Davies, eds subsp. Noddy Australia. There are also some records north of the breeding south-west of Study (1996). Handbook of melanops islands, for example at the Wallabi Group of islands, in the Area 1 (DPaW, 2007-). Australian, New northern Houtman Abrolhos Islands, on Barrow Island, and at No suitable habitat Zealand and Antarctic Webb Island. The species usually occupies coral-limestone identified in Study Area 1. Birds. Volume Three - islands that are densely fringed with White Mangrove Avicennia Snipe to Pigeons. marina. It occasionally occurs on shingle or sandy beaches Melbourne, Victoria: (Higgins and Davies 1996). The Australian Lesser Noddy roosts Oxford University mainly in mangroves, especially at night but may sometimes rest Press. on beaches. Apus Fork-tailed Ma;Mi S3 In south-west WA there are sparsely scattered records along the Unlikely: Species has Morcombe M, (2004). Not recorded pacificus Swift south coast, ranging from the Eyre Bird Observatory and west to been recorded within Field Guide to Denmark. They are widespread in coastal and sub-coastal 10 km of Study Areas 6 Australian Birds. Steve areas between Augusta and Carnarvon, including some on and 7 (DPaW, 2007-). Parish Publishing nearshore and offshore islands. This species is almost No suitable habitat Archer Field exclusively aerial, flying less than one metre to at least 300 m identified in Study Area 1. Queensland Aust above ground. This species is considered rare in the south-west region (DSEWPaC, 2013). Ardeotis Australian P4 The Australian Bustard occurs across much of Australia, Likely: Species has Morcombe M, (2004). Not recorded australis Bustard including across most of Western Australian, except in heavily been recorded within Field Guide to wooded areas in the south. The Australian Bustard occurs 10 km of Study Area 8 Australian Birds. Steve mainly in open country, such as grasslands, low heath or lightly (DPaW, 2007-). Suitable Parish Publishing wooded grassland. This species is typically widespread and habitat present. Archer Field nomadic, but locally scarce (Morcombe, 2004). Queensland Australia
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 103
Species Common EPBC WC Act DPAW Description and Habitat Requirements Likelihood of References Field Name Name Status Status Status Occurrence Assessment Arenaria Ruddy Ma;Mi S3 In Australasia, the Ruddy Turnstone is mainly found on coastal Unlikely: Species has Higgins, P.J. and Not recorded interpres Turnstone regions with exposed rock coast lines or coral reefs. It also lives been recorded within S.J.J.F. Davies, eds near platforms and shelves, often with shallow tidal pools and 10 km of Study Areas 2, (1996). Handbook of rocky, shingle or gravel beaches. It can be found on sand, coral 3 and 8 (DPaW, 2007-). Australian, New or shell beaches, shoals, cays and dry ridges of sand or coral No suitable habitat Zealand and Antarctic and has occasionally been sighted in estuaries, harbours, bays identified. Birds. Volume Three - and coastal lagoons, among low saltmarsh or on exposed beds Snipe to Pigeons. of seagrass, around sewage ponds and on mudflats. In north Melbourne, Victoria: Australia it is known to occur in a wide variety of habitats, and Oxford University Press may prefer wide mudflats. In southern Australia the Ruddy Turnstone prefers rockier coastlines and is less numerous on large embayments with extensive mudflats. On Flinders Island, Tasmania, it has been sighted around rocky reefs during spring and summer, and moves to bays and estuaries for autumn and winter. In south-west Australia, it may occur on pebble-strewn shores of saltlakes near the coast. On Rottnest Island, the Ruddy Turnstone prefers shores with scattered fragments of limestone. In New Zealand it has occasionally been recorded in paddocks or grassy areas. Surveys demonstrate that the Ruddy Turnstone can live away from coastal areas in habitats such river beds, and on inland lakes and adjacent farmland (Higgins and Davies, 1996). Calidris Red-necked Ma;Mi S3 In Australasia, the Red-necked Stint is mostly found in coastal Unlikely: Species has Higgins, P.J. and Not ruficollis Stint areas, including in sheltered inlets, bays, lagoons and estuaries been recorded within S.J.J.F. Davies, eds recorded with intertidal mudflats, often near spits, islets and banks and, 10 km of Study Areas 3 (1996). Handbook of sometimes, on protected sandy or coralline shores. and 8 (DPaW, 2007-). Australian, New Occasionally they have been recorded on exposed or ocean No suitable habitat Zealand and Antarctic beaches, and sometimes on stony or rocky shores, reefs or identified. Birds. Volume Three - shoals. They also occur in saltworks and sewage farms; Snipe to Pigeons. saltmarsh; ephemeral or permanent shallow wetlands near the Melbourne, Victoria: coast or inland, including lagoons, lakes, swamps, riverbanks, Oxford University Press waterholes, bore drains, dams, soaks and pools in saltflats. They sometimes use flooded paddocks or damp grasslands. They have occasionally been recorded on dry gibber plains, with little or no perennial vegetation (Higgins and Davies, 1996).
104 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
Species Common EPBC WC Act DPAW Description and Habitat Requirements Likelihood of References Field Name Name Status Status Status Occurrence Assessment Calidris Sharp-tailed Ma;Mi S3 In Australasia, the Sharp-tailed Sandpiper prefers muddy edges Unlikely: Species has SPRAT database; Not recorded acuminata Sandpiper of shallow fresh or brackish wetlands, with inundated or been recorded within Higgins, P.J. and emergent sedges, grass, saltmarsh or other low vegetation. This 10 km of Study Areas 8. S.J.J.F. Davies, eds includes lagoons, swamps, lakes and pools near the coast, and No suitable habitat (1996). Handbook of dams, waterholes, soaks, bore drains and bore swamps, present. Australian, New saltpans and hypersaline saltlakes inland. They also occur in Zealand and Antarctic saltworks and sewage farms. They use flooded paddocks, Birds. Volume Three - sedgelands and other ephemeral wetlands, but leave when they Snipe to Pigeons. dry. They use intertidal mudflats in sheltered bays, inlets, Melbourne, Victoria: estuaries or seashores, and also swamps and creeks lined with Oxford University Press mangroves. They tend to occupy coastal mudflats mainly after ephemeral terrestrial wetlands have dried out, moving back during the wet season. They may be attracted to mats of algae and water weed either floating or washed up around terrestrial wetlands, and coastal areas with much beachcast seaweed. Sometimes they occur on rocky shores and rarely on exposed reefs (Higgins and Davies, 1996). Calidris Red Knot Ma;Mi S3 In Australasia the Red Knot mainly inhabit intertidal mudflats, Unlikely: Species has SPRAT database Not recorded canutus sandflats and sandy beaches of sheltered coasts, in estuaries, been recorded within Higgins, P.J. and bays, inlets, lagoons and harbours; sometimes on sandy ocean 10 km of Study Areas 8 S.J.J.F. Davies, eds beaches or shallow pools on exposed wave-cut rock platforms or (DPaW, 2007-). No (1996). Handbook of coral reefs. They are occasionally seen on terrestrial saline suitable habitat present. Australian, New wetlands near the coast, such as lakes, lagoons, pools and Zealand and Antarctic pans, and recorded on sewage ponds and saltworks, but rarely Birds. Volume Three - use freshwater swamps. They rarely use inland lakes or Snipe to Pigeons. swamps (Higgins and Davies, 1996). Melbourne, Victoria: Oxford University Press Calidris Curlew Ma; Mi S3 Curlew Sandpipers mainly occur on intertidal mudflats in Unlikely: Species has SPRAT database; Not recorded ferruginea Sandpiper sheltered coastal areas, such as estuaries, bays, inlets and been recorded within Higgins, P.J. and lagoons, and also around non-tidal swamps, lakes and lagoons 10 km of Study Areas 8 S.J.J.F. Davies, eds near the coast, and ponds in saltworks and sewage farms. They (DPaW, 2007-). No (1996). Handbook of are also recorded inland, though less often, including around suitable habitat present. Australian, New ephemeral and permanent lakes, dams, waterholes and bore Zealand and Antarctic drains, usually with bare edges of mud or sand. They occur in Birds. Volume Three - both fresh and brackish waters. Occasionally they are recorded Snipe to Pigeons. around floodwaters. Curlew Sandpipers generally roost on bare Melbourne, Victoria: dry shingle, shell or sand beaches, sandspits and islets in or Oxford University Press around coastal or near-coastal lagoons and other wetlands, occasionally roosting in dunes during very high tides and sometimes in saltmarsh (Higgins and Davies, 1996).
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 105
Species Common EPBC WC Act DPAW Description and Habitat Requirements Likelihood of References Field Name Name Status Status Status Occurrence Assessment Charadrius Greater Mi, Ma S3 Australia, the Greater Sand Plover occurs in coastal areas in all Unlikely: Species has SPRAT database Not recorded leschenaultii Sand Plover states, though the greatest numbers occur in northern Australia, been recorded within especially the north-west (Marchant and Higgins 1993; Minton et 10 km of Study Areas 3 al., 2006). In northern Australia, the species is especially and 6 (DPaW, 2007-). widespread between North West Cape and Roebuck Bay in No suitable habitat Western Australia (Barrett et al., 2003; Blakers et al., 1984; Lane present. 1987; Storr 1980, 1987). It also occasionally occurs along the coast of southern Western Australia (Barrett et al., 2003; Blakers et al., 1984; Emison et al., 1987; Jaensch et al., 1988; Lane 1987; Storr 1987). There are occasional inland records (Jaensch 1989a; Robinson 1984). The species is also recorded on some outlying islands in the Indian Ocean, for example, Ashmore Reef, Cocos-Keeling and Christmas Islands (Gibson- Hill 1947, 1949b, 1950c; Swann 2005). Charadrius Oriental Mi, Ma S3 The Oriental Plover is a non-breeding visitor to Australia. Most Unlikely: Species has SPRAT Not veredus Plover records are along the north-western coast, between Exmouth been recorded 80 km E recorded Gulf and Derby in Western Australia, and there are records at a of Study Area 3 (DPaW, few scattered sites elsewhere, mainly along the northern coast. 2007-). No suitable Immediately after arriving in non-breeding grounds in northern habitat present. Australia, Oriental Plovers spend a few weeks in coastal habitats such as estuarine mudflats and sandbanks, on sandy or rocky ocean beaches or nearby reefs, or in near-coastal grasslands, before dispersing further inland (Bigg 1981; Bransbury 1985; Crawford 1972; Murlis et al., 1988; Serventy and Whittell 1976; Storr 1977, 1980, 1984b). Thereafter they usually inhabit flat, open, semi-arid or arid grasslands, where the grass is short and sparse, and interspersed with hard, bare ground, such as claypans, dry paddocks, playing fields, lawns and cattle camps. Diomedea Wandering Ma; S1 The Wandering Albatross is a marine, pelagic seabird. It forages Unlikely: Species has Department of the Not recorded exulans Albatross Mi;Vu in open water in the Atlantic Ocean near the Cape of Good been recorded 650 km Environment (2014). Hope, South Africa. It sleeps and rests on ocean waters when south of Study 1(DPaW, Diomedea exulans in not breeding. 2007-). No suitable Species Profile and habitat present. Threats Database, Department of the Environment, Canberra.
106 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
Species Common EPBC WC Act DPAW Description and Habitat Requirements Likelihood of References Field Name Name Status Status Status Occurrence Assessment Egernia Western En S1 The Western Spiny-tailed Skink occurs in open eucalypt Unlikely: Species has Department of Not recorded stokesii Spiny-tailed woodlands and Acacia-dominated shrublands in semi-arid to arid been recorded 40 km Environment and subsp. badia Skink areas of south-western Western Australia. Individuals are most east of Study 3 (DPaW, Conservation (WA commonly found wedged in tight spaces and log hollows in York 2007-). No suitable DEC) (2012). Western Gum (Eucalyptus loxophleba), Gimlet (Eucalyptus salubris) and habitat present. Spiny-tailed Skink Salmon Gum (Eucalyptus salmonophloia) woodland (DEC, 2012; (Egernia stokesii) DSEWPaC, 2013). The species is known to survive in roadside Recovery Plan. remnant vegetation, particularly where log piles, hollow logs and [Online]. Department of piles of rubbish are present. Environment and Conservation, Perth, WA. Haliaeetus White-bellied Mi, Ma S3 The White-bellied Sea-Eagle occurs in coastal habitats Unlikely: Species has Morcombe M, (2004). Not leucogaster Sea-Eagle (especially those close to the sea-shore as well as any habitat been recorded within Field Guide to recorded characterised by the presence of large areas of open water 10 km of Study Areas 2, Australian Birds. Steve (larger rivers, swamps, lakes, the sea). It also occurs in the 3 and 8. No suitable Parish Publishing vicinity of estuaries, mangroves, swamps, lagoons and habitat present. Archer Field floodplains, often far inland along major rivers (Morcombe, Queensland Australia 2004). Coastal habitats (especially those close to the seashore) as well as any habitat characterized by the presence of large areas of open water (larger rivers, swamps, lakes, the sea) (Morcombe, 2004). Leipoa Malleefowl T V; Mi The Malleefowl generally occurs in semi-arid areas of Western Unlikely: Species has Marchant S. and Not recorded ocellata Australia, from Carnarvon to south east of the Eyre Bird been recorded within Higgins P.J. (Eds) Observatory (south-east Western Australia). It occupies 10 km of Study Area 3. 1990. Handbook of shrublands and low woodlands that are dominated by mallee No suitable habitat Australian, New vegetation, as well as native pine Callitris woodlands, Acacia present Zealand and Antarctic shrublands, Broombush Melaleuca uncinata vegetation or Birds. Volume 1 Ratites coastal heathlands. The nest is a large mound of sand or soil to Ducks: Part B and organic matter (Jones and Goth 2008; Morcombe, 2004). Australian Pelican to They prefer vegetation with a dense understorey of shrubs and Ducks. Oxford their breeding habitat is characterised by light soil and an University Press, abundant leaf litter, which is used in the construction of nesting Melbourne. mounds. Density of the canopy cover is an important feature associated with high breeding densities, with grazed areas generally having much lower densities. In the WA Wheatbelt Malleefowl distribution is associated with landscapes with lower rainfall, greater amounts of mallee and shrubland that occur as large remnants, and lighter soil surface textures.
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 107
Species Common EPBC WC Act DPAW Description and Habitat Requirements Likelihood of References Field Name Name Status Status Status Occurrence Assessment Limosa Bar-tailed The Bar-tailed Godwit is found mainly in coastal habitats such as Unlikely: Species has Department of the Not recorded lapponica Godwit large intertidal sandflats, banks, mudflats, estuaries, inlets, been recorded within Environment (2014). harbours, coastal lagoons and bays. It is found often around 10 km of Study Area 8 Limosa lapponica in beds of seagrass and, sometimes, in nearby saltmarsh. It has (DPaW, 2007-). No Species Profile and been sighted in coastal sewage farms and saltworks, saltlakes suitable habitat present Threats Database, and brackish wetlands near coasts, sandy ocean beaches, rock Department of the platforms, and coral reef-flats. It is rarely found on inland Environment, Canberra. wetlands or in areas of short grass, such as farmland, paddocks and airstrips (DotE, 2014).
Macronectes Southern En, Mi, S1 P4 The Southern Giant Petrel is a marine bird and occurs over open Unlikely: Species has Morcombe M, (2004) Not recorded giganteus Giant Petrel Ma seas and inshore waters in Antarctic and subtropical waters. In been recorded within Field Guide to summer it occurs predominantly in sub-Antarctic to Antarctic 30 km NW of Study Area Australian Birds. Steve waters, usually below 60ºS in the South Pacific and southeast 8 (DPaW, 2007-). Parish Publishing Indian Oceans. During winter most adults disperse widely and Archer Field are rare in the southern waters of the Indian Ocean. The Queensland Australia Southern Giant Petrel breeds on the Antarctic Continent, Peninsula and islands, and on sub-Antarctic islands and South America (Morcombe, 2004).
Macronectes Northern Vu; Ma; S1 The Northern Giant Petrel is a marine bird that occurs over open Unlikely: Species has Department of the Not recorded halli Giant Petrel Mi seas and inshore waters off Fremantle. In summer, it occurs been recorded within Environment (2014). predominantly in sub-Antartic to Antartic waters, usually between record 650 km south of Macronectes halli in 40 and 65˚S in the open ocean. During winter most adults Study Area 1. Species Profile and diperse widely and its range extends in subtropical water (to Threats Database, 28˚S) in winter and early spring. This species breeds at several Department of the localities outside of Australia. Environment, Canberra.
Merops Rainbow Ma;Mi S3 Open forests and woodlands, shrublands, and in various cleared Unlikely: Species has Morcombe M, (2004). Not ornatus Bee-eater or semi-cleared habitats, including farmland and areas of human been recorded within Field Guide to recorded. habitation. It also inhabits sand dune systems in coastal areas 22 km east of Study 6. Australian Birds. Steve and at inland sites that are in close proximity to water Parish Publishing (Morcombe, 2004). Archer Field, Queensland Australia Plegadis Glossy Ibis Ma; Mi S3 The Glossy Ibis' preferred habitat for foraging and breeding are Unlikely: Species has Department of the Not falcinellus fresh water marshes at the edges of lakes and rivers, lagoons, been recorded within Environment (2014). recorded. flood-plains, wet meadows, swamps, reservoirs, sewage ponds, 10 km west of Study 8 Plegadis falcinellus in rice-fields and cultivated areas under irrigation. The species 2007-). No suitable Species Profile and is occasionally found in coastal locations such as estuaries, habitat present. Threats Database, deltas, saltmarshes and coastal lagoons (DotE, 2014). Department of the Environment, Canberra
108 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
Species Common EPBC WC Act DPAW Description and Habitat Requirements Likelihood of References Field Name Name Status Status Status Occurrence Assessment Pterodroma Soft- Vu Ma The Soft-plumaged Petrel is a marine, oceanic species. Soft- Unlikely: Species has Department of the Not mollis plumaged plumaged Petrels are mainly subantarctic, but occur over a wide been recorded within Environment (2014). recorded. Petrel range of sea surface-temperatures. They have been observed 350 km north of Study Pterodroma mollis in over waters of 0 to 21°C, and off south-east Australia in Area 8 (DPaW, 2007-). Species Profile and temperatures between 9.8 and 21.0°C (Reid et al., 2002, cited by Threats Database, DEWSPaC). In the Weddell Sea, the species is attracted to Department of the areas with icebergs with a surface-temperature of 0.7 to 1.0°C. Environment, Canberra. Birds breeding at Iles Crozet forage mainly to the north of the islands, over subtropical waters (Marchant and Higgins, 1990, as cited by DEWSPaC). The birds breed on islands off Tasmania in the New Zealand region, and in the Indian and South Atlantic Oceans. The birds burrow among tussock grass and ferns on slopes and valleys. The species is mainly coastal but occasionally occurs inland (Imber, 1983; Marchant and Higgins, 1990; Wiltshire and Hamilton, 2002 as cited by DEWSPaC).
Puffinus Flesh-footed Ma;Mi S3 The Flesh-footed Shearwater mainly occurs in the subtropics Unlikely: Species has Morcombe M, (2004). Not carneipes Shearwater over continental shelves and slopes and occasionally inshore been recorded within Field Guide to recorded. waters. Individuals also pass through the tropics and over 250 km south west of Australian Birds. Steve deeper waters when on migration (Brooke 2004; Marchant and Study Area 1 (DPaW, Parish Publishing Higgins, 1990; Reid et al., 2002). Individuals have been 2007-). Archer Field recorded over waters of 12.9 – 22.9 ºC in the south-western Queensland Australia Pacific Ocean (Reid et al., 2002) and over waters of 11 – 16ºC in the northern Pacific Ocean (Ainley, 1976; Kuroda, 1955). Pairs breed on islands in burrows on sloping ground in coastal forest, scrubland, shrubland or grassland (Dyer, 2002; Marchant and Higgins, 1990; Powell et al., 2007; Warham, 1958). These same burrows are also used for roosting during the breeding season (Marchant and Higgins, 1990). Burrows are excavated in substrates that are friable and sufficiently deep to accommodate burrows. Areas where excavation will be impeded by rock, deep ground litter or dense vegetation are avoided (Dyer, 2002; Hobcroft, 2002 (pers. comm.); Lane 1982b; 1982c; Tingay and Tingay, 1982; Warham, 1958). Burrows are situated in areas that provide a clear flight-path for birds to enter and exit their colonies (Hindwood, 1940; Hobcroft, 2002 (pers. comm.)). Diurnal loafing and probably some nocturnal roosting occur at sea (Marchant and Higgins, 1990).
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 109
Species Common EPBC WC Act DPAW Description and Habitat Requirements Likelihood of References Field Name Name Status Status Status Occurrence Assessment Thalassarche Indian Vu; Ma; Mi S1 The Indian Yellow-nosed Albatross is a marine, oceanic species. Unlikely: Species has Department of the Not carteri Yellow- The Indian Yellow-nosed Albatross occurs in the southern Indian been recorded within Environment (2014). recorded. nosed Ocean, where it is particularly abundant off Western Australia. 650 km south of Study Thalassarche Albatross The species has been observed over waters of surface- Area 1 (DPaW, 2007-). chlororhynchos bassi in temperature 10°C to 23°C, but is most abundant over the Species Profile and warmer parts of the subtropical zone. During the non-breeding Threats Database, season, movement is generally north, with all sightings north of Department of the 37°C in September. Large numbers occur in the Tasman Sea, Environment, Canberra. off southern NSW, in May to June, with adult birds first to arrive, then immatures. Apparently, the species moves northwards along the coast, favouring inshore waters. The immature birds return south in September to October (DotE, 2014).
Thalassarche Tasmanian The Tasmania Shy Albatross is a marine species that occurs Unlikely: Species has Department of the Not cauta subsp. Shy over all Australian coastal waters below 25˚C. It is commonly been recorded within Environment (2014). recorded. cauta Albatross recorded along the south east coast and off the coast of 522 km north of Study Thalassarche cauta Tasmania. Young birds can be found of the south west coast of Area 8 (DPaW, 2007-). subsp. cauta in Species Western Australia and Queensland. Profile and Threats Database, Thalassarche Black- Vu; S1 The Black-browed Albatross is a marine species that inhabits Unlikely: Species has Morcombe M, (2004). Not melanophris browed Ma; Antarctic, subantarctic and temperate waters and occasionally been recorded within Field Guide to recorded. Albatross Mi enters the tropics. It can tolerate a broad range of sea-surface 480 km north of Study Australian Birds. Steve temperatures from 0 – 24°C . The most important population in Area 8 (DPaW, 2007-). Parish Publishing Australia, based purely on size, is the population that breeds on Archer Field Heard Island. In the non-breeding season it follows cold water Queensland Australia currents north to the continental shelves of Australia, South America and Africa where it can occur in coastal and inshore waters and sometimes enter fjords and channels.
110 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
Species Common EPBC WC Act DPAW Description and Habitat Requirements Likelihood of References Field Name Name Status Status Status Occurrence Assessment Tringa Grey-tailed Ma;Mi S3 The Grey-tailed Tattler is often found on sheltered coasts with Unlikely: Species has Morcombe M, (2004). Not brevipes Tattler reefs and rock platforms or with intertidal mudflats. It can also been recorded within Field Guide to recorded. be found at intertidal rocky, coral or stony reefs as well as 20 km west of Study Australian Birds. Steve platforms and islets that are exposed at low tide. It has been Area 8 (DPaW, 2007-). Parish Publishing found around shores of rock, shingle, gravel or shells and also Archer Field on intertidal mudflats in embayments, estuaries and coastal Queensland Australia lagoons, especially fringed with mangroves. In Moreton Bay, Queensland, it is most abundant in areas with dense beds of seagrass. In Tasmania it is also abundant in areas with seagrass beds. It is less often on open flat sandy beaches or sandbanks, especially around accumulated seaweed or isolated clumps of dead coral. It is occasionally found around near- coastal wetlands, such as lagoons and lakes and ponds in sewage farms and saltworks. Inland records for the species are rare with sightings on river banks and the edges of rock pools (Higgins and Davies 1996).
Tringa Common Ma;Mi S1 The Common Greenshank is found in a wide variety of inland Likely: Species has Morcombe M, (2004). Not nebularia Greenshank wetlands and sheltered coastal habitats of varying salinity. It been recorded within Field Guide to recorded. occurs in sheltered coastal habitats, typically with large mudflats 10 km of all Study Areas Australian Birds. Steve and saltmarsh, mangroves or seagrass. Habitats include (DPaW, 2007-). Habitat Parish Publishing embayments, harbours, river estuaries, deltas and lagoons and present within Study Archer Field are recorded less often in round tidal pools, rock-flats and rock Area 4, however habitat Queensland Australia platforms. The species uses both permanent and ephemeral is present in better terrestrial wetlands, including swamps, lakes, dams, rivers, condition within the LGA. creeks, billabongs, waterholes and inundated floodplains, claypans and saltflats. It will also use artificial wetlands, including sewage farms and saltworks dams, inundated rice crops and bores. The edges of the wetlands used are generally of mud or clay, occasionally of sand, and may be bare or with emergent or fringing vegetation, including short sedges and saltmarsh, mangroves, thickets of rushes, and dead or live trees. It was once recorded in pasture, but is generally not found in dry grasslands (Higgins and Davies 1996).
GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372 | 111
Species Common EPBC WC Act DPAW Description and Habitat Requirements Likelihood of References Field Name Name Status Status Status Occurrence Assessment Tringa Terek Mi, S3 The Terek Sandpiper mostly forages in the open, on soft wet Unlikely: Nearest record Department of the Not cinereus Sandpiper Ma intertidal mudflats or in sheltered estuaries, embayments, 530 km North of Study Environment (2014). recorded. harbours or lagoons. The species has also been recorded on Area 8. Xenus cinereus in islets, mudbanks, sandbanks and spits, and near mangroves and Species Profile and occasionally in samphire (Tecticornia spp.). Birds are seldom Threats Database, near the edge of water; however, birds may wade into the water Department of the (Marchant and Higgins, 1993). Occasionally, on sandy beaches, Environment, Canberra. among seaweed and other debris and in rocky areas. Terek Sandpipers will use the supralittoral or upper littoral zone, where a film of water covers the sand. On exposed rock platforms, the species forages in the lower littoral zone and not the supralittoral or upper littoral zones (Marchant and Higgins, 1993). Less often seen on sandy or shingle beaches, or on rock or coral reefs or platforms, Terek Sandpipers are occasionally sighted around drying sewage ponds and saltpans if surrounded by mudflats. The species is also found around brackish coastal swamps, lagoons and dune-lakes; and also on gravel or rocky edges of estuarine pools and freshwater river-pools (Marchant and Higgins, 1993). Very occasionally, birds use swampy, grassy or cultivated paddocks near the coast (Marchant and Higgins, 1993). Preferring to roost in or among mangroves, birds may perch in branches or roots up to two metres from the ground, or beneath them in the shade on hot days. Occasionally, they roost in dead trees or among tangled driftwood. In Westernport Bay, Victoria, the Terek Sandpiper prefers to roost on isolated banks of mangroves, surrounded by water. Elsewhere, they may roost with other waders on flat shores, on muddy spits, islets or banks, and sometimes on sandy and pebbly beaches (Marchant and Higgins, 1993).
112 | GHD | Report for Main Roads Western Australia - Gascoyne Strategic Material Areas - Southern, 61/31372
www.ghd.com